BT GLOBAL ADVISORS
N-1A EL, 1995-08-24
Previous: GLENBROOK LIFE & ANNUITY CO, S-1/A, 1995-08-24
Next: BT GLOBAL ADVISORS, N-8A, 1995-08-24





AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 24, 1995
File Nos. 33-     and 811-
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                   FORM N-1A
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                      AND

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                 6 ST. JAMES AVENUE, BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 02116
              (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 423-0800

                                 THOMAS M. LENZ
                        SIGNATURE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                               6 ST. JAMES AVENUE
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                   copies to:
Burton S. Leibert, Esq.                            Anne B. McMillen
Willkie Farr & Gallagher                           Bankers Trust Company
One Citicorp Center                                One Bankers Trust Plaza
153 East 53rd Street                               130 Liberty Street
New York, New York 10022-4669                      New York, New York 10006

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING: AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE
EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

PURSUANT TO RULE 24F-2(A)(1), REGISTRANT HEREBY DECLARES THAT AN INDEFINITE
NUMBER OF ITS SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST (PAR VALUE $0.00001 PER SHARE) IS
BEING REGISTERED BY THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

BT Investment Portfolios, International Equity Portfolio and Capital
Appreciation Portfolio have also executed this Registration Statement.

================================================================================
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.


<PAGE>



BT0445
                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS

                                   FORM N-1A
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
Part A
ITEM NO.                               HEADINGS IN PROSPECTUS

 1. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page

 2. Synopsis . . . . . . . . . . . .   The Funds -- Expense Summary

 3. Condensed Financial
    Information  . . . . . . . . . .   Not applicable

 4. General Description of
    Registrant . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page; The Funds -- Who May Want
                                       to Invest; The Funds in Detail --
                                       Risk Factors and Certain Securities
                                       and Investment Practices

 5. Management of the Fund . . . . .   The Funds -- Expense Summary; The
                                       Funds in Detail -- Management of the
                                       Trust and the Portfolios

 6. Capital Stock and Other
    Securities . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page; The Funds in Detail -- 
                                       Performance; Your Account -- Types of
                                       Accounts, How to Buy Shares, How to Sell
                                       Shares; Shareholder and Account
                                       Policies -- Dividends, Capital Gains and
                                       Taxes, Exchange Restrictions, Sales
                                       Charge Reductions and Waivers, Additional
                                       Information About the Trust and
                                       Portfolios

7.  Purchase of Securities Being
    Offered  . . . . . . . . . . . .   Your Account -- How to Buy Shares;
                                       Shareholder and Account Policies --
                                       Valuation Details, Exchange
                                       Restrictions, Sales Charge Reductions
                                       and Waivers

8.  Redemption or Repurchase . . . .   Your Account -- How to Sell Shares;
                                       Shareholder and Account Policies --
                                       Valuation Details, Exchange Restrictions

 9. Pending Legal Proceedings  . . .   Not applicable



<PAGE>




Part B                                 Headings in Statement of
ITEM NO.                               ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page

11. Table of Contents  . . . . . . .   Table of Contents

12. General Information and
    History  . . . . . . . . . . . .    Not applicable

13. Investment Objectives and
    Policies . . . . . . . . . . . .    Risk Factors and Certain Securities
                                        and Investment Practices

14. Management of the Fund . . .        Management of the Trust and the
                                        Portfolios

15. Control Persons and Principal
    Holders of Securities  . . . . .    Management of the Trust and the
                                        Portfolios (See also Prospectus--
                                        Additional Information About the
                                        Trust and Portfolios")
16. Investment Advisory and Other
    Services . . . . . . . . . . . .    Management of the Trust and the
                                        Portfolios

17. Brokerage Allocation and Other
    Practices  . . . . . . . . . . .    Risk Factors and Certain Securities
                                        and Investment Practices

18. Capital Stock and Other
    Securities . . . . . . . . . . .    Organization of the Trust; (see also
                                        Prospectus--"Dividends, Capital Gains
                                        and Taxes")

19. Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
    of Securities Being Offered  . .    Valuation of Securities; Redemption
                                        in Kind

20. Tax Status . . . . . . . . . . .    Taxation (see also Prospectus--
                                        "Dividends, Capital Gains and Taxes")

21. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . .    See Prospectus--"Breakdown of Expenses"

22. Calculations of Yield Quotations
    of Money Market Funds  . . . . .    Performance Information

23. Financial Statements . . . . . .    Financial Statements



<PAGE>

                                                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
                                                                      PROSPECTUS
                                                                          , 1995


                                               GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND
                                                       CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND
                                                                  SMALL CAP FUND
                                                       INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
                                                       PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND
                                                      LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND


BT Global Investors (the "Trust") is an open-end, management investment company
(mutual fund) which currently consists of eleven funds. Shares of the six
diversified funds listed above (each, a "Fund") are offered by this prospectus.

UNLIKE OTHER OPEN-END MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES (MUTUAL FUNDS), EACH FUND
SEEKS TO ACHIEVE ITS INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE BY INVESTING ALL OF ITS INVESTABLE
ASSETS ("ASSETS") IN THE CORRESPONDING PORTFOLIO WHICH IS A SEPARATE FUND WITH
AN IDENTICAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE. SEE "SPECIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING MASTER-
Feeder Fund Structure" on page __.

Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust") is the investment adviser (the
"Adviser") of each Portfolio.

Please read this Prospectus before investing, and keep it on file for future
reference. It contains important information, including how each Fund invests
and the services available to shareholders.

To learn more about each Fund and its investments, you can obtain a copy of the
Funds' Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), dated , 1995, which contains
each Portfolio's most recent financial report and portfolio listing. The SAI has
been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and is
incorporated herein by reference (legally forms a part of the Prospectus). For a
free copy of this document, contact the Funds at 6 St. James Avenue, Boston, MA
02116, or your Investment Professional.

MUTUAL FUND SHARES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, BANKERS
TRUST OR ANY DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION. SHARES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC, THE
FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISK,
INCLUDING THE POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES PORTFOLIO AND LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY PORTFOLIO MAY
INVEST IN LOWER-QUALITY DEBT SECURITIES, SOMETIMES CALLED "JUNK BONDS."
INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THAT THESE SECURITIES CARRY GREATER RISKS, SUCH AS THE
RISK OF DEFAULT, THAN OTHER DEBT SECURITIES. REFER TO "RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES -- RISKS OF INVESTING IN HIGH YIELD
SECURITIES (JUNK BONDS)" ON PAGE __ FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.



<PAGE>



LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY PORTFOLIO AND GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES PORTFOLIO MAY
BORROW MONEY FOR INVESTMENT IN SECURITIES. SUCH LEVERAGE WILL EXAGGERATE ANY
INCREASE OR DECREASE THE VALUE OF SHARES IN THE FUNDS. BORROWING ALSO INVOLVES
COSTS TO THE PORTFOLIO. SEE "RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT
PRACTICES -- LEVERAGE" ON PAGE __ HEREIN. EACH OF THESE FUNDS MAY BE CONSIDERED
A SPECULATIVE INVESTMENT AND IS DESIGNED FOR AGGRESSIVE INVESTORS.

LIKE ALL MUTUAL FUNDS, THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                       2

<PAGE>



CONTENTS

THE FUNDS                __      WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST
                         __      INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND RISKS Each Fund's
                                 overall approach to investing.
                         __      EXPENSE SUMMARY Sales charges and annual
                                 operating expenses.
THE FUNDS IN DETAIL      __      INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                         __      RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND
                                 INVESTMENT PRACTICES
                         __      SPECIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING MASTER-FEEDER
                                 FUND STRUCTURE
                         __      SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
                         __      PERFORMANCE How each Fund has done over time.
                         __      MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS
YOUR ACCOUNT             __      TYPES OF ACCOUNTS Different ways to setup your
                                 account, including tax-sheltered retirement
                                 plans.
                         __      HOW TO BUY SHARES Opening an account and making
                                 additional investments.
                         __      HOW TO SELL SHARES Taking money out and closing
                                 your account.
                         __      INVESTOR SERVICES to help you manage your
                                 account.
SHAREHOLDER AND
ACCOUNT POLICIES         __       DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS AND TAXES

                         __      VALUATION DETAILS Share price calculations and
                                 the timing of purchases and redemptions.
                         __      EXCHANGE RESTRICTIONS
                         __      SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS
                         __      ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRUST AND
                                 PORTFOLIOS
                         __      APPENDIX


                                       3

<PAGE>



                                   THE FUNDS

The Trust seeks to achieve the investment objective of each Fund by investing
all the Assets of the Fund in the corresponding Portfolio.

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND'S investment objective is high current income
from investment in a diversified portfolio of high yield, non-investment grade
debt securities issued in many of the world's securities markets. Capital
appreciation will be considered when consistent with the primary investment
objective of high current income. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and
Investment Practices."

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND'S investment objective is long-term capital growth;
the production of any current income is secondary to this objective. The
Portfolio invests primarily in growth-oriented common stocks of medium sized
domestic corporations and, to a lesser extent, foreign corporations.

SMALL CAP FUND'S investment objective is long-term capital growth; the
production of any current income is secondary to this objective. The Portfolio
seeks to provide long-term capital growth by investing primarily in equity
securities of smaller sized growth companies.

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND'S investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation from investment in foreign equity securities (or other securities
with equity characteristics); the production of any current income is incidental
to this objective. The Portfolio invests primarily in established companies
based in developed countries outside the United States, but the Portfolio may
also invest in emerging market securities. See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices."

PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND'S investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation from investment primarily in the equity securities (or other
securities with equity characteristics) of companies domiciled in, or doing
business in the Pacific Basin region, other than Japan; the production of any
current income is incidental to this objective. See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices."

LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND'S investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation from investment primarily in the equity securities (or other
securities with equity characteristics) of companies domiciled in, or doing
business in, Latin America; the production of any current income is incidental
to this objective. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment
Practices."

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST

Shares of each Fund are offered through this Prospectus to investors who engage
an Investment Professional.

Capital Appreciation Fund, Small Cap Fund, International Equity Fund, Pacific
Basin Equity Fund, and Latin American Equity Fund are designed for investors who

                                       4

<PAGE>



are willing to accept short-term domestic and/or foreign stock market
fluctuations in pursuit of potentially high long-term returns.  These Funds
invest for growth and do not pursue income.

In addition, International Equity Fund, Global High Yield Securities Fund, Latin
American Equity Fund and Pacific Basin Equity Fund may also be appropriate for
investors who want to pursue their investment goals in markets outside of the
United States. By including international investments in your portfolio, you can
achieve an extra level of diversification and also participate in opportunities
around the world.

Each Fund is not in itself a balanced investment plan. You should consider your
investment objective and tolerance for risk when making an investment decision.
When you sell your Fund shares, they may be worth more or less than what you
paid for them.

INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND RISKS

The value of each Portfolio's investments varies based on many factors. Stock
values fluctuate, sometimes dramatically, in response to the activities of
individual companies and general market and economic conditions. Over time,
however, stocks have shown greater long-term growth potential than other types
of securities.

The value of bonds fluctuates based on changes in domestic or foreign interest
rates, the credit quality of the issuer, market conditions, and other economic
and political news. In general, bond prices rise when interest rates fall, and
vice versa. This effect is usually more pronounced for longer-term securities.
Lower-quality securities offer higher yields, but also carry more risk.

Because many foreign investments are denominated in foreign currencies, changes
in the value of these currencies can significantly affect a Fund's share price.
General economic factors in the various world markets can also impact the value
of your investment, especially for securities in emerging markets. Many
investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and therefore may
offer higher income (for debt funds) and total return potential, but
significantly greater risk.

Bankers Trust may use various investment techniques to hedge a Portfolio's
risks, but there is no guarantee that these strategies will work as intended.
When you sell your Fund shares, they may be worth more or less than what you
paid for them.

EXPENSE SUMMARY

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES are paid out of the assets of each Portfolio and Fund.
Each Portfolio pays an investment advisory fee and an administrative services
fee to Bankers Trust. Each Fund also incurs other expenses such as maintaining
shareholder records and furnishing shareholder statements. Each Fund must
provide financial reports.


                                       5

<PAGE>



The following table provides: (i) a summary of expenses relating to purchases
and sales of the shares of each Fund and the aggregate annual operating expenses
of the Fund and the corresponding Portfolio as a percentage of average daily net
assets of each Fund; and (ii) an example illustrating the dollar cost of such
expenses on a $1,000 investment in each Fund. THE TRUSTEES OF THE TRUST BELIEVE
THAT THE AGGREGATE PER SHARE EXPENSES OF EACH FUND AND THE CORRESPONDING
PORTFOLIO WILL BE LESS THAN OR APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO THE EXPENSES WHICH THE
FUND WOULD INCUR IF THE TRUST RETAINED THE SERVICES OF AN INVESTMENT ADVISER AND
THE ASSETS OF EACH FUND WERE INVESTED DIRECTLY IN THE TYPE OF SECURITIES BEING
HELD BY THE CORRESPONDING PORTFOLIO.

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Maximum Sales Charge on Purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)                                4.75%

Maximum Sales Charge on Reinvested
Distributions                                                       None

Redemption Fee                                                      None

Shareholder transaction expenses are charges you pay when you buy, sell,
exchange, or hold shares of a Fund. Lower front-end sales charges may be
available with purchases of $50,000 or more and/or in conjunction with various
programs. See "Valuation Details," on page __, for an explanation of how and
when these charges apply.

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.41%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.35
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.99%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             1.75%

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.52%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.50
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.48%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             1.50%


                                       6

<PAGE>



SMALL CAP FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.37%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.50
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.63%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             1.50%

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.56%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.50
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.64%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             1.70%

PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.74%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.50
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.61%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             1.85%

LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.41%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.50
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             1.34%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             2.25%

EXPENSE TABLE EXAMPLE: You would pay the following expenses, including the
maximum front-end sales charge on a $1,000 investment, assuming (1) 5% annual
return and (2) redemption at the end of each time period:

                                                      EXAMPLES
                                               1 YEAR           3 YEARS
                                               ------           -------
GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND               $64              $100

CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND                       $62              $93

SMALL CAP FUND                                  $62              $93

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND                       $64              $99

PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND                       $65              $103

LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND                      $69              $114

                                       7
<PAGE>


The expense table and the example above show the costs and expenses that an
investor will bear directly or indirectly as a shareholder of a Fund. Bankers
Trust has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of its investment advisory fee
with respect to each Portfolio. Without such waiver, each Portfolio's investment
advisory fee would be equal to the following: Global High Yield Securities
Portfolio -- 0.80%; Capital Appreciation Portfolio -- 0.65%; Small Cap Portfolio
-- 0.65%; International Equity Portfolio -- 0.65%; Pacific Basin Equity
Portfolio -- 0.75%; and Latin American Equity Portfolio -- 1.00%. The expense
table and the example reflect a voluntary undertaking by Bankers Trust or
Signature Broker- Dealer Services, Inc. ("SBDS"), as the distributor (the
"Distributor") of the shares of each Fund, to waive or reimburse expenses such
that the total operating expenses of each Fund and the corresponding Portfolio
(as a percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets) will not exceed the
following: Global High Yield Securities Fund -- 1.85%; Capital Appreciation Fund
-- 1.50%; Small Cap Fund -- 1.50%; International Equity Fund -- 1.70%; Pacific
Basin Equity Fund -- 1.85%; and Latin American Equity Fund -- 2.25%. In the
absence of this undertaking, assuming total assets of $25 million in each Fund,
it is estimated that "Total Operating Expenses" would be as follows: Global High
Yield Securities Fund -- 2.82%; Capital Appreciation Fund -- 2.41%; Small Cap
Fund -- 2.41%; International Equity Fund -- 2.67%; Pacific Basin Equity Fund --
2.78%; and Latin American Equity Fund -- 3.18%. THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE
CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY
BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN. Moreover, while each example assumes a 5%
annual return, actual performance will vary and may result in a return greater
or less than 5%.

12b-1 fees for each Fund include a shareholder service fee and a distribution
fee. Shareholder service fees are paid by a Fund to SBDS to enable SBDS to
compensate Investment Professionals for providing personal shareholder service
and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts. Distribution fees are paid by a Fund
to SBDS to compensate Investment Professionals for services and expenses in
connection with the distribution of the applicable Fund's shares. Long-term
shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum sales
charges permitted by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
("NASD"), due to 12b-1 fees.

         For more information about each Fund's and each Portfolio's expenses
see "Management of the Trust and the Portfolios" and "Valuation Details."

                              THE FUNDS IN DETAIL


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The Trust seeks to achieve the investment objective of each Fund by investing
all of its Assets in the corresponding Portfolio, which has the same investment
objective as the Fund. Since the investment characteristics of each Fund will
correspond directly to those of the corresponding Portfolio, the following is a
discussion of the various investments of and techniques employed by each

                                       8

<PAGE>



Portfolio. Additional information about the investment policies of each
Portfolio appears in "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment
Practices" in this Prospectus and in the Funds' SAI. There can be no assurance
that the investment objective of either a Fund or the corresponding Portfolio
will be achieved.

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is high current
income from investment in a diversified portfolio of high yield, non-investment
grade debt securities issued in many of the world's securities markets. Capital
appreciation will be considered when consistent with the primary investment
objective of high current income. The Portfolio intends to invest in Brady bonds
and other sovereign debt and in high risk, lower quality debt securities
commonly referred to as "junk bonds" and regarded as predominantly speculative
with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal in
accordance with the terms of the obligation as well as in the debt securities of
issuers located in emerging markets.

Under normal circumstances, at least 65% of the Portfolio's assets will be
invested in high yield, non-investment grade debt securities of both
governmental and corporate issuers in both the major industrialized markets and
the so-called "emerging markets." See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and
Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in Foreign Securities" and "--
Emerging Markets."

Although Bankers Trust considers both industrialized and emerging countries
eligible for investment pursuant to the Portfolio's objective, the Portfolio
will not be invested in all such markets at all times. Furthermore, investing in
some emerging markets may be neither feasible nor desirable from time to time,
due to the lack of adequate custodial arrangements for the Portfolio's assets,
exchange controls and overly burdensome repatriation rules, the lack of
organized and liquid securities markets, and unacceptable political risks. Under
normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest in at least three emerging
markets countries. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment
Practices -- Risks of Investing in Foreign Securities" and " -- Emerging
Markets."

The Portfolio generally invests in securities which are rated BBB or lower by
Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or Baa or lower by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion
of Bankers Trust. Securities which are rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's
possess some speculative characteristics. A description of the rating categories
is attached to this Prospectus. THERE IS NO LOWER LIMIT WITH RESPECT TO THE
RATING CATEGORIES FOR SECURITIES IN WHICH THE PORTFOLIO MAY INVEST. SEE "RISK
FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES -- RISKS OF INVESTING
HIGH YIELD SECURITIES (JUNK BONDS)."

The Portfolio is not required to dispose of debt securities whose credit quality
declines at some point after the security is purchased; however, no more than
25% of the Portfolio's assets will be invested at any time in securities rated
less than CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in
the opinion of Bankers Trust. S&P's lowest rating for bonds is CI, which is
reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid and D, which is
reserved for debt in default and in respect of which payment of interest or
repayment of

                                       9

<PAGE>



principal is in arrears. Moody's lowest rating is C, which is applied to bonds
which have extremely poor prospects for ever attaining any real investment
standing. The Portfolio may, from time to time, purchase defaulted debt
securities if, in the opinion of Bankers Trust, the issuer may resume interest
payments in the near future. The Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its
total assets (at the time of purchase) in defaulted debt securities, which may
be illiquid. Other than as set forth above, there is no restriction on the
percentage of the Portfolio's assets which may be invested in bonds of a
particular rating.

The Portfolio invests in debt obligations allocated among diverse markets and
denominated in various currencies, including multi-currency units such as
European Currency Units ("ECUs"). The Portfolio may purchase securities that are
issued by the government or a company or financial institution of one country
but denominated in the currency (or multi-currency unit) of another country.

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES. The Portfolio may also utilize the
following investments and investment techniques and practices: short-term
investments, floating rate bonds, zero coupon bonds, sovereign and supranational
debt obligations, Brady bonds, loan participations and assignments, convertible
bonds, preferred stock, foreign currency exchange transactions, options on
foreign currencies, options on foreign bond indexes, futures contracts on
foreign bond indexes, options on futures contracts, Rule 144A securities,
when-issued or delayed delivery securities, securities lending, repurchase
agreements and reverse repurchase agreements. See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices" in this Prospectus and in the SAI for
further information.

The Portfolio may borrow money for investment purposes.  See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Leverage."

CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is long-term capital
growth; the production of any current income is secondary to this objective. The
Portfolio invests primarily in growth-oriented common stocks of medium sized
domestic corporations and, to a lesser extent, foreign corporations.

Bankers Trust, employs a flexible investment program in pursuit of the
Portfolio's investment objective. The Portfolio is not restricted to investments
in specific market sectors. The Portfolio may invest in any market sectors and
in companies of any size and may take advantage of any investment opportunity
with attractive long-term prospects. The Adviser takes advantage of its market
access and the research available to it to select investments in promising
growth companies that are involved in new technologies, new products, foreign
markets and special developments, such as research discoveries, acquisitions,
recapitalizations, liquidations or management changes, and companies whose stock
may be undervalued by the market. These situations are only illustrative of the
types of investment the Portfolio may make. The Portfolio is free to invest in
any common stock which in the Adviser's judgment provides above average
potential for long-term growth of capital and income.

The Portfolio will generally invest a majority of its assets in equity
securities of medium-sized companies (companies with a market capitalization of
between $500

                                       10

<PAGE>



million and $2 billion), but may invest in securities of companies having
various levels of market capitalization, including smaller companies whose
securities may be more volatile and less liquid than securities issued by larger
companies with higher levels of net worth. Investments will be in companies in
various industries. Industry and company fundamentals along with key investment
themes and various quantitative screens will be used in the investment process.
Criteria for selection of individual securities include the issuer's competitive
environment and position, prospects for growth, managerial strength, earnings
momentum and quality, underlying asset value, relative market value and overall
marketability. The Portfolio will follow a disciplined selling process to lessen
market risks.

The Portfolio may also invest up to 25% of its assets in similar securities of
foreign issuers. For further information on foreign investments see "Risk
Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in
Foreign Securities."

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES. The Portfolio may also utilize the
following investments and investment techniques and practices: short-term
investments, options on stocks, options on stock indexes, futures contracts on
stock indexes, options on futures contracts, foreign currency exchange
transactions, options on foreign currencies, Rule 144A securities, when-issued
and delayed delivery securities, securities lending, and repurchase agreements.
See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices" in this
Prospectus and in the SAI for further information.

SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is long-term capital growth; the
production of any current income is secondary to this objective.

The Portfolio seeks to provide long term capital growth by investing primarily
in equity securities of smaller U.S. companies. The Portfolio's policy is to
invest in equity securities of smaller companies that Bankers Trust believes are
in an early stage or transitional point in their development and have
demonstrated or have the potential for above average capital growth. The Adviser
will select companies which have the potential to gain market share in their
industry, achieve and maintain high consistent profitability or produce
increases in earnings. The Adviser also seeks companies with strong company
management and superior fundamental strength.

The Adviser employs a flexible investment program in pursuit of the Portfolio's
investment objective. The Portfolio is free to invest in any common stock which
in the Adviser's judgement provides above average potential for long-term growth
of capital and income.

Under normal market conditions, the Portfolio will invest at least 65% of its
assets in smaller companies (with market capitalizations less than $750 million
at time of purchase) that offer strong potential for capital growth. Small
capitalization companies have the potential to show earnings growth over time
that is well above the growth rate of the overall economy. The Portfolio may
also invest in larger, more established companies that the Adviser believes may
offer the potential for strong capital growth due to their relative market

                                       11

<PAGE>



position, anticipated earnings growth, changes in management or other similar
opportunities. The Portfolio will follow a disciplined selling process to lessen
market risks.

For temporary defensive purposes, when in the opinion of the Adviser that market
conditions so warrant, the Portfolio may invest all or a portion of its Assets
in common stocks of larger, more established companies or in fixed-income
securities or short-term money market securities. To the extent the Portfolio is
engaged in temporary defensive investments, the Portfolio will not be pursuing
its investment objective.

The Portfolio may also invest up to 25% of its assets in similar securities of
foreign issuers. For further information on foreign investments see "Risk
Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in
Foreign Securities."

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND TECHNIQUES. The Portfolio may also utilize the following
investments and investment techniques and practices: short-term investments,
options on stocks, options on stock indexes, futures contracts on stock indexes,
options on future contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options on
foreign currencies, Rule 144A securities, when-issued and delayed delivery
securities, securities lending and repurchase agreements. See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices" in this Prospectus and in the SAI
for further information.

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation from investment in foreign equity securities (or other securities
with equity characteristics); the production of any current income is incidental
to this objective. The Portfolio invests primarily in established companies
based in developed countries outside the United States, but the Portfolio also
invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in Foreign
Securities" and "-- Emerging Markets." Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio
will invest at least 65% of the value of its total assets in the equity
securities of issuers based in at least three countries other than the United
States. The Portfolio's investments will generally be diversified among several
geographic regions and countries.

In countries and regions with well-developed capital markets where more
information is available, Bankers Trust will seek to select individual
investments for the Portfolio. Criteria for selection of individual securities
include the issuer's competitive position, prospects for growth, managerial
strength, earnings quality, underlying asset value, relative market value and
overall marketability. The Portfolio may invest in securities of companies
having various levels of net worth, including smaller companies whose securities
may be more volatile than securities offered by larger companies with higher
levels of net worth.

In other countries and regions where capital markets are underdeveloped or not
easily accessed and information is difficult to obtain, the Portfolio may choose
to invest only at the market level. Here, to the extent available and consistent

                                       12

<PAGE>



with applicable regulations, the Portfolio may seek to achieve country exposure
through use of options or futures based on an established local index or through
investment in other registered investment companies. Investment in other
investment companies is limited in amount by the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended (the "1940 Act"), will involve the indirect payment of a portion of
the expenses, including advisory fees, of such other investment companies and
may result in a duplication of fees and expenses.

The Portfolio invests in securities listed on foreign or domestic securities
exchanges and securities traded in foreign or domestic over-the-counter markets
and may invest in restricted or unlisted securities.

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES. The Portfolio may also utilize the
following investments and investment techniques and practices: short-term
investments, foreign currency exchange transactions, options on foreign
currencies, American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), Global Depositary Receipts
("GDRs") and European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs"), options on stocks, options
on foreign stock indexes, futures contracts on foreign stock indexes, options on
futures contracts, Rule 144A securities, when-issued and delayed delivery
securities, securities lending and repurchase agreements. See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices" in this Prospectus and in the SAI
for further information.

PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation from investment primarily in the equity securities (or other
securities with equity characteristics) of companies domiciled in, or doing
business in the Pacific Basin region, other than Japan; the production of any
current income is incidental to this objective. Investment in such securities
involves certain considerations which are not normally involved in investment in
securities of U.S. issuers, and an investment in the Fund may be considered
speculative.

For purposes of this Prospectus, "issuers domiciled in, or doing business in,
the Pacific Basin region (other than Japan)" shall include securities of
issuers: (1) which are organized under the laws of Pacific Basin countries (see
below); (2) for which the principal securities trading market is in a Pacific
Basin country; or (3) which derive a significant proportion (at least 50
percent) of their revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments
made, or services performed in the countries of the Pacific Basin or which have
at least 50 percent of their assets situated in the countries of the Pacific
Basin. It is expected under normal conditions that at least 65% of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested in the equity securities of issuers located
in at least three countries in the Pacific Basin.

For the purpose of this Prospectus, the "Pacific Basin" includes, but is not
limited to, the following countries: Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, New
Zealand, Pakistan, the Philippines, the People's Republic of China ("China"),
Singapore, Sri Lanka, South Korea, Thailand, Taiwan and Vietnam. See "Risk
Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in
Foreign Securities" in this Prospectus and "Risk Factors and Certain Securities

                                       13

<PAGE>



and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in China and China Region" in the
SAI.

The Portfolio will be managed using a disciplined, value-oriented investment
philosophy that stresses the inherent value of, and the medium term outlook for,
the companies under examination. Experience has proven that often the real basis
of a business is quite different from that perceived by the market: a
misconception that usually results in its shares trading below its true business
or replacement value. The exploitation of this "perception/reality" gap is a
hallmark of the investment style that has been adopted for the Portfolio, and a
potential source of value for its investors.

"Value" investing means trying to find companies which are mispriced by the
market for reasons of neglect, fashion or misconception. These opportunities
arise out of legislative changes, industrial restructuring and technology
advancements, for example. As a result, Bankers Trust and the sub-investment
adviser attach great importance to analyzing trends and accessing possible
breaks with traditional price patterns. At the company level, the emphasis is
placed on assessing the inherent "business" value of the firm. While this often
varies from the stock market's valuation, the Adviser and the sub-investment
adviser believe a company's stock price tends to gravitate to their "business"
value over time.

The Portfolio's investments will generally be diversified among several
geographic regions and countries in the Pacific Basin. Criteria for determining
the appropriate distribution of investment among various countries and regions
include the prospects for relative growth among foreign countries, expected
levels of inflation, government policies influencing business conditions, the
outlook for currency relationships and the range of alternative opportunities
available to international investors.

The Portfolio will not invest more than 20% of the value of its total assets in
issuers domiciled in China.

In countries and regions where capital markets are underdeveloped or not easily
accessed and information is difficult to obtain, the Portfolio may choose to
invest only at the market level. Here, to the extent available and consistent
with applicable regulations, the Portfolio may seek to achieve country exposure
through the use of options on futures based on an established local index or
through investment in other registered investment companies. Investment in other
investment companies is limited in amount by the 1940 Act, will involve the
indirect payment of a portion of the expenses, including advisory fees, of such
other investment companies and may result in a duplication of fees and expenses.

The Portfolio invests in securities listed on foreign or domestic securities
exchanges and securities traded in foreign or domestic over-the-counter markets
and may invest in restricted unlisted securities.

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES. The Portfolio may also utilize the
following investments and investment techniques and practices: short-term
investments, foreign currency exchange transactions, options on foreign
currencies, ADRs, GDRs and EDRs, options on stocks, options on foreign stock

                                       14

<PAGE>



indexes, futures contracts on foreign stock indexes, options on futures
contracts, 144A securities, when-issued and delayed delivery securities,
securities lending and repurchase agreements. See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices" in this Prospectus and in the SAI for
further information.

LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY PORTFOLIO'S investment objective is long-term capital
appreciation from investment primarily in the equity securities (or other
securities with equity characteristics) of companies domiciled in, or doing
business in, Latin America; the production of any current income is incidental
to this objective. Investment in such securities involves certain considerations
which are not normally involved in investment in securities of U.S. issuers, and
an investment in the Fund may be considered speculative. See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in Foreign
Securities" and "-- Emerging Markets." It is expected under normal conditions
that at least 65% of the Portfolio's total assets will be invested in the equity
securities of Latin American issuers.

The Fund may borrow money for investment purposes. See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices -- Leverage."

The Portfolio invests in securities listed on foreign or domestic securities
exchanges and securities traded in foreign or domestic over-the-counter markets
and may invest in restricted or unlisted securities.

For purposes of this Prospectus, "Latin America" is defined as Mexico, and all
countries in Central America and South America, including Argentina, Brazil,
Chile, Colombia, Peru and Venezuela.

As used in this Prospectus, "securities of Latin American issuers" is defined
as: (i) securities of companies the principal securities trading market for
which is in Latin America; (ii) securities, traded in any market, of companies
that derive 50% or more of their total revenue from either goods or services
produced in Latin America or sales made in Latin America; (iii) securities of
companies organized under the laws of, and with a principal office in, Latin
America; or (iv) securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a country
in Latin America, its agencies or instrumentalities, political subdivisions or
the central bank of such a country. Determinations as to eligibility will be
made by Bankers Trust, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees of BT
Investment Portfolios, based on publicly available information and inquiries
made to the issuers.

Bankers Trust intends to consider investment only in those countries in Latin
America in which it believes investing is feasible and does not involve undue
political risks. As of the date of this Prospectus, this list included
Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Venezuela. Under normal
circumstances, the Portfolio's investments will be diversified among at least
three Latin American countries.


                                       15

<PAGE>



The Portfolio may invest in securities of companies having various levels of net
worth, including small companies whose securities may be more volatile than
securities offered by larger companies with higher levels of net worth.

In other countries and regions where capital markets are underdeveloped or not
easily accessed and information is difficult to obtain, the Portfolio may choose
to invest only at the market level. Here, to the extent available and consistent
with applicable regulations, the Portfolio may seek to achieve country exposure
through the use of options or futures based on an established local index or
through investment in other registered investment companies. Investment in other
investment companies is limited in amount by the 1940 Act, will involve the
indirect payment of a portion of the expenses, including advisory fees, of such
other investment companies and may result in a duplication of fees and expenses.

FIXED INCOME INVESTMENTS. For purposes of seeking capital appreciation, the
Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total assets in debt securities of Latin
American issuers which are rated at least C by S&P or Moody's or, if unrated, of
comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust. As an operating policy,
which may be changed by the Board of Trustees of BT Investment Portfolios, the
Portfolio will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in debt securities
rated BBB or lower by S&P or Baa or lower by Moody's. Securities which are rated
BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody's possess speculative characteristics. Bonds rated C
by S&P are of the lowest quality and may be used when the issuer has filed a
bankruptcy petition, but debt payments are still being paid. Moody's lowest
rating is C, which is applied to bonds which have extremely poor prospects of
ever attaining any real investment standing. See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in High Yield
Securities (Junk Bonds)." Certain debt securities can provide the potential for
capital appreciation based on various factors such as changes in interest rates,
economic and market conditions, improvement in an issuer's ability to repay
principal and pay interest and ratings upgrades. Additionally, convertible bonds
offer the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature,
which enables the holder of the bond to benefit from increases in the market
price of the securities into which they are convertible.

OTHER INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES. The Portfolio may also utilize the
following investments and investment techniques and practices: Brady bonds,
foreign currency exchange transactions, options on foreign currencies, ADRs,
GDRs and EDRs, options on stocks, options on foreign stock indexes, futures
contracts on foreign stock indexes, options on futures contracts, when-issued
and delayed delivery securities, Rule 144A securities, short-term investments,
repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending. See
"Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices" in this
Prospectus and in the SAI for further information.

RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES

The following pages contain more detailed information about types of instruments
in which a Portfolio may invest, and strategies Bankers Trust may employ in
pursuit of a Portfolio's investment objective. A summary of risks and

                                       16

<PAGE>



restrictions associated with these instrument types and investment practices is
included as well.

Bankers Trust may not buy all of these instruments or use all of these
techniques to the full extent permitted unless it believes that doing so will
help a Portfolio achieve its goal. Holdings and recent investment strategies are
described in the financial reports of a Fund and the corresponding Portfolio,
which are sent to Fund shareholders twice a year. For a free SAI or financial
report, call your Investment Professional.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES
Investors should realize that investing in securities of foreign issuers
involves considerations not typically associated with investing in securities of
companies organized and operated in the United States. Investors should realize
that the value of a Portfolio's foreign investments may be adversely affected by
changes in political or social conditions, diplomatic relations, confiscatory
taxation, expropriation, nationalization, limitation on the removal of funds or
assets, or imposition of (or change in) exchange control or tax regulations in
foreign countries. In addition, changes in government administrations or
economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in
appreciation or depreciation of portfolio securities and could favorably or
unfavorably affect the Portfolio's operations. Furthermore, the economies of
individual foreign nations may differ from the U.S. economy, whether favorably
or unfavorably, in areas such as growth of gross national product, rate of
inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of
payments position; it may also be more difficult to obtain and enforce a
judgment against a foreign issuer. In general, less information is publicly
available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S.
companies. Most foreign companies are also not subject to the uniform accounting
and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in the United States.
Any foreign investments made by the Portfolio must be made in compliance with
U.S. and foreign currency restrictions and tax laws restricting the amounts and
types of foreign investments.

Because foreign securities generally are denominated and pay dividends or
interest in foreign currencies, the value of the net assets of a Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange rates. In order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates, each Portfolio is also authorized to enter into
certain foreign currency exchange transactions. Furthermore, a Portfolio's
foreign investments may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile
than comparable investments in securities of U.S. companies. The settlement
periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities
of U.S. issuers, may affect portfolio liquidity. Finally, there is generally
less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and
issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

EMERGING MARKETS
The world's industrialized markets generally include but are not limited to the
following: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, New

                                       17

<PAGE>



Zealand, Norway, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, and
the United States; the world's emerging markets generally include but are not
limited to the following: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, China,
Colombia, Costa Rica, the Czech Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, Greece, Hungary,
India, Indonesia, Israel, the Ivory Coast, Jordan, Malaysia, Mexico, Morocco,
Nicaragua, Nigeria, Pakistan, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan,
Thailand, Turkey, Uruguay, Venezuela, Vietnam and Zimbabwe.

Investment in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped countries entails
all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers outlined in this
section to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater
risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social,
political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such
securities and a low or nonexistent volume of trading, resulting in lack of
liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may
restrict the Portfolio's investment opportunities including restrictions on
investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national
interests; and (iv) in the case of Eastern Europe and in China and other Asian
countries, the absence of developed capital markets and legal structures
governing private or foreign investment and private property and the possibility
that recent favorable economic and political developments could be slowed or
reversed by unanticipated events.

So long as the Communist Party continues to exercise a significant or, in some
countries, dominant role in Eastern European countries or in China and other
Asian countries, investments in such countries will involve risks of
nationalization, expropriation and confiscatory taxation. The Communist
governments of a number of Eastern European countries expropriated large amounts
of private property in the past, in many cases without adequate compensation,
and there may be no assurance that such expropriation will not occur in the
future. In the event of such expropriation, a Portfolio could lose a substantial
portion of any investments it has made in the affected countries. Further, no
accounting standards exist in Eastern European countries. Finally, even though
certain Eastern European currencies may be convertible into U.S. dollars, the
conversion rates may be artificial to the actual market values and may be
adverse to Fund shareholders.

In addition to brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs
relating to investment in emerging markets are generally more expensive than in
the United States. Such markets have been unable to keep pace with the volume of
securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The
inability of the Portfolio to make intended security purchases due to settlement
problems could cause the Portfolio to miss attractive investment opportunities.
Inability to dispose of a security due to settlement problems could result
either in losses to the Portfolio due to subsequent declines in the value of the
security or, if the Portfolio has entered into a contract to sell the security,
could result in possible liability to the purchaser.


                                       18

<PAGE>

RISKS OF INVESTING IN HIGH YIELD SECURITIES (JUNK BONDS)


Lower-rated securities, including securities rated from BB to D by S&P or Ba to
C by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers
Trust, will usually offer higher yields than higher-rated securities. However,
there is more risk associated with these investments. This is because of the
reduced creditworthiness and increased risk of default that these securities
carry. Lower-rated securities generally tend to reflect short-term corporate and
market developments to a greater extent than higher-rated securities which react
primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower rated
securities also involve greater sensitivity to significant increases in interest
rates. Short-term corporate and market developments affecting the prices and
liquidity of lower-rated securities could include adverse news impacting major
issues or underwriters or dealers in lower-rated or unrated securities. In
addition, since there are fewer investors in lower-rated securities, it may be
harder to sell securities at an optimum time.

An economic downturn may adversely affect the value of some lower-rated bonds.
Such a downturn may especially affect highly leveraged companies or companies in
cyclically sensitive industries, where deterioration in a company's cash flow
may impair its ability to meet its obligation to pay principal and interest to
bondholders in a timely fashion. From time to time, as a result of changing
conditions, issuers of lower-rated bonds may seek or may be required to
restructure the terms and conditions of the securities they have issued. As a
result of these restructurings, holders of lower-rated securities may receive
less principal and interest than originally expected at the time such bonds were
purchased. In the event of a restructuring, the Portfolio may bear additional
legal or administrative expenses in order to maximize recovery from an issuer.
The secondary trading market for lower-rated bonds is generally less liquid than
the secondary trading market for higher-rated bonds.

The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the
holders of high yield securities because such securities are generally unsecured
and are often subordinated to other obligations of the issuer. During an
economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly
leveraged issuers of high yield securities may experience financial stress and
may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. An
issuer's ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected
by specific corporate developments, its inability to meet specific projected
business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing.

Factors adversely affecting the market value of high yield and other Portfolio
securities will adversely affect the corresponding Fund's net asset value. In
addition, a Portfolio may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required
to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its
portfolio holdings.

SPECIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING MASTER-FEEDER FUND STRUCTURE Unlike other
open-end management investment companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage their own portfolio securities, each Fund seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing all of its Assets in the corresponding
Portfolio, a separate registered investment company with the same investment
objectives as the Fund. Therefore, an investor's interest in the

                                       19

<PAGE>



Portfolio's securities is indirect, like investments in other investment
companies and pooled investment vehicles. In addition to selling a beneficial
interest to the corresponding Fund, each Portfolio may sell beneficial interests
to other mutual funds or institutional investors. Such investors will invest in
a Portfolio on the same terms and conditions and will pay a proportionate share
of the Portfolio's expenses. However, the other investors investing in a
Portfolio are not required to sell their shares at the same public offering
price as the Fund due to variations in sales commissions and other operating
expenses. Therefore, investors in a Fund should be aware that these differences
may result in differences in returns experienced by investors in the different
funds that invest in the Portfolio. Such differences in returns are also present
in other mutual fund structures. Information concerning other holders of
interests in the Portfolio is available from Bankers Trust, as the
Administrator, at (800) 422-6577.

The master-feeder structure has been developed relatively recently, so
shareholders should carefully consider this investment approach.

Smaller funds investing in a Portfolio may be materially affected by the actions
of larger funds investing in the Portfolio. For example, if a large fund
withdraws from a Portfolio, the remaining funds may experience higher pro rata
operating expenses, thereby producing lower returns (however, this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors). Additionally, a Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting in
increased portfolio risk. Also, funds with a greater pro rata ownership in a
Portfolio could have effective voting control of the operations of the
Portfolio. Except as permitted by the SEC, whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on matters pertaining to a Portfolio, the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders. Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting. The percentage of the
Trust's votes representing Fund shareholders not voting will be voted by the
Trustees or officers of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund
shareholders who do, in fact, vote. Certain changes in the Portfolio's
investment objectives, policies or restrictions may require the Fund to withdraw
its interest in the Portfolio. Any such withdrawal could result in a
distribution "in kind" of portfolio securities (as opposed to a cash
distribution from the Portfolio). If securities are distributed, the Fund could
incur brokerage, tax or other charges in converting the securities to cash. In
addition, the distribution in kind may result in a less diversified portfolio of
investments or adversely affect the liquidity of the Fund. Notwithstanding the
above, there are other means for meeting redemption requests, such as borrowing.

A Fund may withdraw its investment from the Portfolio at any time, if the Board
of Trustees of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of the
shareholders of the Fund to do so. Upon any such withdrawal, the Board of
Trustees of the Trust would consider what action might be taken, including the
investment of all the Assets of the Fund in another pooled investment entity
having the same investment objectives as the Fund or the retaining of an
investment adviser to manage the Fund's Assets in accordance with the investment
policies described herein with respect to the corresponding Portfolio.


                                       20

<PAGE>



Each Fund's investment objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to but without the approval of the Fund's shareholders. If there is
a change in a Fund's investment objective, the Fund's shareholders should
consider whether the Fund remains an appropriate investment in light of their
then-current needs. The investment objective of each Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Funds will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the investment objective of a Fund or the
corresponding Portfolio. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment
Policies" in the SAI for a description of the fundamental policies of each
Portfolio that cannot be changed without approval by the holders of "a majority
of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the
Portfolio.

For descriptions of the investment objective, policies and restrictions of each
Portfolio, see "The Funds in Detail" herein and "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment Practices" in this Prospectus and in the SAI. For
descriptions of the management of the Trust and the Portfolios, see "Management
of the Trust and the Portfolios" herein and in the SAI. For descriptions of the
expenses of the Portfolio, see "The Funds -- Expense Summary" herein and
"Management of the Trust and the Portfolios" herein and in the SAI.

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
EQUITY SECURITIES. As used herein, "equity securities" are defined as common
stock, preferred stock, trust or limited partnership interests, rights and
warrants to subscribe to or purchase such securities, sponsored or unsponsored
ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and convertible securities, consisting of debt securities
or preferred stock that may be converted into common stock or that carry the
right to purchase common stock. Common stocks, the most familiar type, represent
an equity (ownership) interest in a corporation. Although equity securities have
a history of long-term growth in value, their prices fluctuate based on changes
in a company's financial condition and on overall market and economic
conditions. Smaller companies are especially sensitive to these factors.

DEBT SECURITIES. Bonds and other debt instruments are used by issuers to borrow
money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a fixed or variable rate of
interest, and must repay the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities,
such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a
discount from their face values. Debt securities, loans, and other direct debt
have varying degrees of quality and varying levels of sensitivity to changes in
interest rates. Longer-term bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate
changes than short-term bonds.

Lower-quality foreign government securities are often considered to be
speculative and involve greater risk of default or price changes, or they may
already be in default. These risks are in addition to the general risks
associated with foreign securities.

CONVERTIBLE BONDS. A convertible security is a bond or preferred stock which may
be converted at a stated price within a specific period of time into a specified
number of shares of common stock of the same or different issuer. Convertible
securities are senior to common stock in a corporation's capital structure, but

                                       21

<PAGE>



usually are subordinated to non-convertible debt securities. While providing a
fixed income stream -- generally higher in yield than in the income derivable
from a common stock but lower than that afforded by a non-convertible debt
security -- a convertible security also affords an investor the opportunity,
through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of
common stock into which it is convertible.

In general, the market value of a convertible security is the higher of its
investment value (its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value
(the value of the underlying shares of common stock if the security is
converted). As a fixed income security, the market value of a convertible
security generally increases when interest rates decline and generally decreases
when interest rates rise; however, the price of a convertible security generally
increases as the market value of the underlying stock increases, and generally
decreases as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.

PREFERRED STOCK. Preferred stock has a preference in liquidation (and, generally
dividends) over common stock but is subordinated in liquidation to debt. As a
general rule the market value of preferred stocks with fixed dividend rates and
no conversion rights varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
risk, with the price determined by the dividend rate. Some preferred stocks are
convertible into other securities, for example common stock, at a fixed price
and ratio or upon the occurrence of certain events. The market price of
convertible preferred stocks generally reflects an element of conversion value.
Because many preferred stocks lack a fixed maturity date, these securities
generally fluctuate substantially in value when interest rates change; such
fluctuations often exceed those of long-term bonds of the same issuer. Some
preferred stocks pay an adjustable dividend that may be based on an index,
formula, auction procedure or other dividend rate reset mechanism. In the
absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have
more stable market values than fixed rate preferred stocks.

All preferred stocks are also subject to the same types of credit risks of the
issuer as corporate bonds. In addition, because preferred stock is junior to
debt securities and other obligations of an issuer, deterioration in the credit
rating of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred
stock than in a more senior debt security with similar yield characteristics.
Preferred stocks may be rated by S&P and Moody's although there is no minimum
rating which a preferred stock must have (and a preferred stock may not be
rated) to be an eligible investment for a Portfolio. Bankers Trust expects,
however, that generally the preferred stocks in which a Portfolio invests will
be rated at least CCC by S&P or Caa by Moody's or, if unrated, of comparable
quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust. Preferred stocks rated CCC by S&P are
regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
pay preferred stock obligations and represent the highest degree of speculation
among securities rated between BB and CCC; preferred stocks rated Caa by Moody's
are likely to be in arrears on dividend payments. Moody's rating with respect to
preferred stocks does not purport to indicate the future status of payments of
dividends.

                                       22

<PAGE>




WARRANTS are instruments which entitle the holder to buy underlying equity
securities at a specific price for a specific period of time. A warrant tends to
be more volatile than its underlying securities and ceases to have value if it
is not exercised prior to its expiration date. In addition, changes in the value
of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its
underlying securities.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES are high-quality debt securities issued or guaranteed
by the U.S. Treasury or by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government.
Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of
the United States. For example, securities issued by the Federal Farm Credit
Bank or by the Federal National Mortgage Association are supported by the
instrumentality's right to borrow money from the U.S. Treasury under certain
circumstances. However, securities issued by other agencies or instrumentalities
are supported only by the credit of the entity that issued them.

ADRS, GDRS AND EDRS are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a
foreign- based issuer held in trust by a bank or similar financial institution.
Designed for use in U.S. and European securities markets, respectively, ADRs,
GDRs and EDRs are alternatives to the purchase of the underlying securities in
their national markets and currencies. ADRs, GDRs and EDRs are subject to the
same risks as the foreign securities to which they relate. See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Risks of Investing in Foreign
Securities."

ZERO COUPON SECURITIES are the separate income or principal components of a debt
instrument. These involve risks that are similar to those of other debt
securities, although they may be more volatile, and certain zero coupon
securities move in the same direction as interest rates.

FLOATING RATE BONDS may have interest rates that move in tandem with a
benchmark, helping to stabilize their prices.

SOVEREIGN AND SUPRANATIONAL DEBT OBLIGATIONS. Debt instruments issued or
guaranteed by foreign governments, agencies, and supranational organizations
("sovereign debt obligations"), especially sovereign debt obligations of
developing countries, may involve a high degree of risk, and may be in default
or present the risk of default. The issuer of the obligation or the governmental
authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to
repay principal and interest when due, and may require renegotiation or
rescheduling of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal
and interest may depend on political as well as economic factors.

BRADY BONDS. "Brady bonds" are bonds issued as a result of a restructuring of a
country's debt obligations to commercial banks under the "Brady plan." Brady
bonds have been issued by the governments of Argentina, Costa Rica, Mexico,
Nigeria, Uruguay and Venezuela, Brazil and the Philippines, as well as other
emerging market countries. Most Brady bonds are currently rated below BBB by S&P
or Baa by Moody's. While Bankers Trust is not aware of the occurrence of any
payment defaults on Brady bonds, investors should recognize that these debt
securities have been issued only recently and, accordingly, do not have a long

                                       23

<PAGE>



payment history.  Brady bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are
issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded
in the secondary market for Latin American debt.

RULE 144A SECURITIES are securities in the United States that are not registered
for sale under Federal securities laws but which can be resold to institutions
under the SEC's Rule 144A. Provided that a dealer or institutional trading
market in such securities exists, these restricted securities are treated as
exempt from the 15% limit on illiquid securities. Under the supervision of the
Board of Trustees of the Portfolio, Bankers Trust determines the liquidity of
restricted securities and, through reports from Bankers Trust, the Board will
monitor trading activity in restricted securities. Because Rule 144A is
relatively new, it is not possible to predict how these markets will develop. If
institutional trading in restricted securities were to decline, the liquidity of
the Portfolio could be adversely affected. No more than 10% of the Portfolio's
assets may be invested in securities restricted as to transfer or re-sale,
including Rule 144A securities.

WHEN ISSUED AND DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES. Each Portfolio may purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the purchase commitment. The value of these securities is subject to market
fluctuation during this period and no income accrues to the Portfolio until
settlement takes place. The Portfolio maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account containing high grade liquid securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. In a repurchase agreement, a Portfolio buys a security at
one price and simultaneously agrees to sell it back at a higher price. Delays or
losses could result if the other party to the agreement defaults or becomes
insolvent.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Portfolio
temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party in
return for cash. This could increase the risk of fluctuation in the fund's yield
or in the market value of its assets. A reverse repurchase agreement is a form
of borrowing and will be counted towards each Portfolio's borrowing
restrictions. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices
-- Leverage" below and in the SAI.

INVESTMENT COMPANIES. With respect to certain countries in which capital markets
are either less developed or not easily accessed, investments by the Portfolio
may be made through investment in other registered investment companies that in
turn are authorized to invest in the securities of such countries. Investment in
other investment companies is limited in amount by the 1940 Act, will involve
the indirect payment of a portion of the expenses, including advisory fees, of
such other investment companies and may result in a duplication of fees and
expenses.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS. Each Portfolio intends to stay invested in the
securities described above to the extent practical in light of its objective and
long-term investment perspective. However, a Portfolio's assets may be invested
in high

                                       24

<PAGE>



quality short-term investments with remaining maturities of 397 days or less to
meet anticipated redemptions and expenses for day-to-day operating purposes and
when, in Bankers Trust's opinion, it is advisable to adopt a temporary defensive
position because of unusual and adverse conditions affecting the respective
markets.

SECURITIES LENDING. Each Portfolio is permitted to lend up to 30% of the total
value of its securities. These loans must be secured continuously by cash or
equivalent collateral or by a letter of credit at least equal to the market
value of the securities loaned plus accrued income. By lending its securities,
the Portfolio can increase its income by continuing to receive income on the
loaned securities as well as by the opportunity to receive interest on the
collateral. Any gain or loss in the market price of the borrowed securities
which occurs during the term of the loan inures to the Portfolio and its
investors.

LEVERAGE. Global High Yield Securities Portfolio and Latin American Equity
Portfolio may each borrow up to one-third of the value of its total assets, from
banks or through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, to increase its
holdings of portfolio securities. Under the 1940 Act, each Portfolio is required
to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings
and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such
coverage if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or
otherwise, even if such liquidations of a Portfolio's holdings may be
disadvantageous from an investment standpoint.

Leveraging by means of borrowing may exaggerate the effect of any increase or
decrease in the value of each Portfolio's securities and the corresponding
Fund's net asset value and money borrowed by a Portfolio will be subject to
interest and other costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of
maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the income
received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds.

LOAN PARTICIPATIONS AND ASSIGNMENTS. Global High Yield Securities Portfolio may
invest in fixed and floating rate loans ("loans") arranged through private
negotiations between a borrower and one or more institutions ("lenders"). The
majority of the Portfolio's investments in loans in emerging markets is expected
to be in the form of participations in loans ("participations") and assignments
of portions of loans from third parties ("assignments"). The Portfolio may also
invest in loans, participations or assignments of loans to borrowers located in
the industrialized world. Participations typically will result in the
Portfolio's having a contractual relationship only with the lender, not the
borrower. The Portfolio will have the right to receive payments of principal,
interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the
participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the
borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, the Portfolio generally
will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the
loan agreement relating to the loan ("loan agreement"), nor any rights of
set-off against the borrower, and the Portfolio may not directly benefit from
any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation.
As a result, the Portfolio will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and
the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of
the lender selling the

                                       25

<PAGE>



participation, the Portfolio may be treated as a general creditor of the lender
and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. The
Portfolio will acquire participations only if the lender interpositioned between
the Portfolio and the borrower is determined by Bankers Trust to be
creditworthy. When the Portfolio purchases assignments from lenders, the
Portfolio will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan; however,
since assignments are arranged through private negotiations between the
potential assignees and assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by the
Portfolio as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited
than, those held by the assigning lender.

The Portfolio may have difficulty disposing of assignments and participations.
The liquidity of such securities is limited and the Portfolio anticipates that
such securities could only be sold to a limited number of institutional
investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market could have an adverse impact on
the value of such securities and on the Portfolio's ability to dispose of
particular assignments or participations when necessary to meet the Portfolio's
liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a
deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid
secondary market for assignments and participations also may make it more
difficult in valuing the Portfolio and, therefore, calculating the net asset
value per share of the Fund. All assignments and participations shall be
considered to be illiquid securities by the Portfolio. The investment by the
Portfolio in illiquid securities, including assignments and participations, is
limited to a total of 15% of net assets.

DERIVATIVES
Each Portfolio may invest in various instruments that are commonly known as
derivatives. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of
which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional security, asset, or market
index. Some "derivatives" such as mortgage-related and other asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are,
in fact, many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency
exchange rates and as a low cost method of gaining exposure to a particular
securities market without investing directly in those securities. However, some
derivatives are used for leverage, which tends to magnify the effects of an
instrument's price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the
use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets,
and can in some circumstances, lead to significant losses. Bankers Trust will
use derivatives only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient means
of improving the risk/reward profile of a Portfolio. The use of derivatives for
non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative.

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS. Each Portfolio may enter into foreign
currency exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign
currencies and to convert foreign currencies to and from the U.S. dollar. A
Portfolio either enters into these transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at

                                       26

<PAGE>



the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or uses forward
contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.

A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an obligation by a Portfolio to
purchase or to sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed
number of days from the date of the contract. Forward foreign currency exchange
contracts establish an exchange rate at a future date. These contracts are
transferable in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders
(usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward foreign currency
exchange contract generally has no deposit requirement and is traded at a net
price without commission. Neither spot transactions nor forward foreign currency
exchange contracts eliminate fluctuations in the prices of a Portfolio's
securities or in foreign exchange rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these
securities should decline.

A Portfolio may enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in an attempt
to protect against changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the trade
and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in foreign
currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position or an
anticipated investment position. Although these transactions tend to minimize
the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the
same time they tend to limit any potential gain that might be realized should
the value of the hedged currency increase. The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will
change as a consequence of market movements in the value of such securities
between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures.
The projection of currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES. Each Portfolio may write covered put and call
options and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose
of protecting against declines in the U.S. dollar value of portfolio securities
and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of securities to be acquired. Each
Portfolio may use options on currency to cross-hedge, which involves writing or
purchasing options on one currency to hedge against changes in exchange rates
for a different, but related currency. As with other types of options, however,
the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial
hedge up to the amount of the premium received, and the Portfolio could be
required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange
rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency
may be used to hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates although, in the
event of exchange rate movements adverse to a Portfolio's position, it may
forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. In
addition, a Portfolio may purchase call options on a currency when the
investment adviser anticipates that the currency will appreciate in value.

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will
exist for any particular option, or at any particular time. If a Portfolio is
unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options
it has written, the Portfolio will not be able to sell the underlying currency

                                       27

<PAGE>



or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until it closes out the
options or the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if the Portfolio is
unable to close out options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the
options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs. The
Portfolio pays brokerage commissions or spreads in connection with its options
transactions.

OPTIONS ON STOCKS. Each Portfolio (except the Global High Yield Securities
Portfolio) may write and purchase options on stocks. A call option gives the
purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the
underlying stock at the exercise price at any time during the option period.
Similarly, a put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and
obligates the writer to buy the underlying stock at the exercise price at any
time during the option period. A covered call option with respect to which a
Portfolio owns the underlying stock sold by the Portfolio exposes the Portfolio
during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize
appreciation in the market price of the underlying stock or to possible
continued holding of a stock which might otherwise have been sold to protect
against depreciation in the market price of the stock. A covered put option sold
by a Portfolio exposes the Portfolio during the term of the option to a decline
in price of the underlying stock.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES INDEXES. Each Portfolio may purchase and write put and
call options on stock or bond indexes listed on domestic and foreign stock
exchanges, in lieu of direct investment in the underlying securities or for
hedging purposes. A stock or bond index fluctuates with changes in the market
values of the securities included in the index.

Options on securities indexes are generally similar to options on stocks except
that the delivery requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to
take or make delivery of securities at a specified price, an option on a stock
or bond index gives the holders the right to receive a cash "exercise settlement
amount" equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of
the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a
call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of the exercise,
multiplied by (b) a fixed "index multiplier."

Successful use by a Portfolio of options on security indexes will be subject to
Bankers Trust's ability to predict correctly movement in the direction of the
security market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different
skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual
securities.

FUTURES CONTRACTS ON SECURITIES INDEXES. A Portfolio may enter into contracts
providing for the making and acceptance of a cash settlement based upon changes
in the value of an index of domestic or foreign securities ("Futures
Contracts"). This investment technique may be used as a low-cost method of
gaining exposure to a particular securities market without investing directly in
those securities or to hedge against anticipated future changes in general
market prices which otherwise might either adversely affect the value of
securities held by the Portfolio or adversely affect the prices of securities
which are intended to be

                                       28

<PAGE>



purchased at a later date for the Portfolio. A Futures Contract may also be
entered into to close out or offset an existing futures position.

When used for hedging purposes, each transaction in Futures Contracts involves
the establishment of a position which will move in a direction opposite to that
of the investment being hedged. If these hedging transactions are successful,
the futures position taken for the Portfolio will rise in value by an amount
which approximately offsets the decline in value of the portion of the
Portfolio's investments that is being hedged. Should general market prices move
in an unexpected manner, the full anticipated benefits of Futures Contracts may
not be achieved or a loss may be realized.

The risks of Futures Contracts also include a potential lack of liquidity in the
secondary market and incorrect assessments of market.

Brokerage costs will be incurred and "margin" will be required to be posted and
maintained as a good faith deposit against performance of obligations under
Futures Contracts written for a Portfolio. A Portfolio may not purchase or sell
a Futures Contract if immediately thereafter its margin deposits on its
outstanding Futures Contracts, other than Futures Contracts used for hedging
purposes, would exceed 5% of the market value of the Portfolio's total assets.

OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS. Each Portfolio may invest in options on futures
contracts for similar purposes.

There can be no assurance that the use of these portfolio strategies will be
successful.

ASSET COVERAGE. To assure that a Portfolio's use of futures and related options,
as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities and foreign currency
exchange transactions, are not used to achieve investment leverage, a Portfolio
will cover such transactions, as required under applicable interpretations, of
the SEC, either by owning the underlying securities, entering into an
off-setting transaction, or by establishing a segregated account with the
Portfolio's custodian containing high grade liquid debt securities in an amount
at all times equal to or exceeding the Portfolio's commitment with respect to
these instruments or contracts.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The portfolio turnover rate for each Portfolio for the periods indicated were as
follows: Global High Yield Securities Portfolio -- 347% for the period from
December 14, 1993 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 1994; Capital
Appreciation Portfolio -- 157% and 137% for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1994 and the period from March 9, 1993 (commencement of operations) to December
31, 1993, respectively; Small Cap Portfolio -- 154% for the period from October
21, 1993 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 1994; International
Equity Portfolio -- 15%, 17% and 7% for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1994, 1993 and the period from August 4, 1992 (commencement of operations) to
December 31, 1992, respectively; Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio -- 40% for the
period from November 1, 1993 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 1994;
and Latin American Equity Portfolio -- 124% for the period from October 25, 1993

                                       29

<PAGE>



(commencement of operations) to September 30, 1994. These rates will vary from
year to year. High turnover rates increase transaction costs and may increase
investable capital gains. Bankers Trust considers these effects when evaluating
the anticipated benefits of short-term investing.

PERFORMANCE

Each Portfolio's recent strategies and holdings, and the corresponding Fund's
performance, is detailed twice a year in the Funds' financial reports, which are
sent to all Fund shareholders.

For current Fund performance or a free copy of the Funds' financial report,
please contact your Investment Professional.

Mutual fund performance is commonly measured as TOTAL RETURN and/or YIELD. Each
Fund's performance is affected by the expenses of that Fund. The exclusion of
any applicable sales charge from a performance calculation produces a higher
return.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS
TOTAL RETURN is the change in value of an investment in a Fund over a given
period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A cumulative
total return reflects actual performance over a stated period of time. An
AVERAGE annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that, if achieved
annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if performance
had been constant over the entire period. Average annual total return
calculations smooth out variations in performance; they are not the same as
actual year-by- year results. Average annual total returns covering periods of
less than one year assume that performance will remain constant for the rest of
the year.

Average annual and cumulative total returns may or may not include the effect of
paying the maximum applicable sales charge.

Historical performance information for any period or portion thereof prior to
the commencement of investment operations of a Fund will be that of the
corresponding Portfolio, adjusted to assume that all charges and operating
expenses of the Fund and the Portfolio which are then in effect were deducted
during such periods.

TOTAL RETURNS (AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Average                  Cumulative
                                                       Annual Total                 Total
                                                        Return for                Return for
                                     1 YEAR            LIFE OF FUND              LIFE OF FUND
                                     ------            ------------              ------------
<S>                                  <C>               <C>                       <C>                      
Global High Yield Securities Fund       %                %(a)                      %(a)
Capital Appreciation Fund               %                %(b)                      %(b)
Small Cap Fund                          %                %(c)                      %(c)
International Equity Fund               %                %(d)                      %(d)
Pacific Basin Equity Fund               %                %(e)                      %(e)
Latin American Equity Fund              %                %(f)                      %(f)


</TABLE>

                                       30

<PAGE>



(a)Portfolio commenced operations on December 14, 1993.
(b)Portfolio commenced operations on March 9, 1993.
(c)Portfolio commenced operations on October 21, 1993.
(d)Portfolio commenced operations on August 4, 1992.
(e)Portfolio commenced operations on November 1, 1993.
(f)Portfolio commenced operations on October 25, 1993.

YIELD refers to the income generated by an investment in a Fund over a given
period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are calculated
according to a standard that is required for all stock and bond funds. Because
this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
income actually paid to shareholders. This difference may be significant for a
Fund investing in a Portfolio whose investments are denominated in foreign
currencies.

Performance information may include comparisons of a Fund's investment results
to various unmanaged indices or results of other mutual funds or investment or
savings vehicles. From time to time, Fund rankings may be quoted from various
sources, such as Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Value Line and Morningstar,
Inc.

Unlike some bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield for a
stated period of time, the total return of a Fund will vary depending upon
interest rates, the current market value of the securities held by the
corresponding Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the Fund or Portfolio. In
addition, during certain periods for which total return may be provided, Bankers
Trust or SBDS may have voluntarily agreed to waive portions of their fees, or
reimburse certain operating expenses of a Fund or Portfolio, on a month-to-month
basis. Such waivers will have the effect of increasing the Fund's net income
(and therefore its yield and total return) during the period such waivers are in
effect.

TOTAL RETURNS AND YIELDS ARE BASED ON PAST RESULTS AND ARE NOT AN INDICATION OF
FUTURE PERFORMANCE.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The Trust and each Portfolio is governed by a Board of Trustees which is
responsible for protecting the interests of investors. The Trustees of the Trust
are different individuals than the Trustees of each Portfolio. See "Management
of the Trust and the Portfolios" in the SAI for more information with respect to
the Trustees and officers of the Trust and each Portfolio.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the investment objective of each Fund by investing all the
Assets of the Fund in the corresponding Portfolio. Each Portfolio has retained
the services of Bankers Trust as investment adviser (the "Adviser").


                                       31

<PAGE>

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES


Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking corporation with executive offices at
Bankers Trust Plaza, 280 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust New York Corporation. Bankers Trust conducts a
variety of general banking and trust activities and is a major wholesale
supplier of financial services to the international and domestic institutional
market.

As of December 31, 1994, Bankers Trust New York Corporation was the seventh
largest bank holding company in the United States with total assets of
approximately $97 billion. Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated
to servicing the needs of corporations, governments, financial institutions and
private clients through a global network of over 120 offices in more than 40
countries. Investment management is a core business of Bankers Trust, built on a
tradition of excellence from its roots as a trust bank founded in 1903. The
scope of Bankers Trust's investment management capability is unique due to its
leadership positions in both active and passive quantitative management and its
presence in major equity and fixed income markets around the world. Bankers
Trust is one of the nation's largest and most experienced investment managers
with approximately $185 billion in assets under management.

Bankers Trust has more than 50 years of experience managing retirement assets
for the nation's largest corporations and institutions. In the past, these
clients have been serviced through separate account and commingled fund
structures. Now, BT Global Investors brings Bankers Trust's extensive investment
management expertise - once available to only the largest institutions in the
U.S. - to individual investors. Bankers Trust's officers have had extensive
experience in managing investment portfolios having objectives similar to those
of each Portfolio.

Bankers Trust, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees
of each Portfolio, manages each Portfolio in accordance with the Portfolio's
investment objective and stated investment policies, makes investment decisions
for the Portfolio, places orders to purchase and sell securities and other
financial instruments on behalf of the Portfolio and employs professional
investment managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the
Portfolio. Bankers Trust may utilize the expertise of any of its world wide
subsidiaries and affiliates to assist it in its role as investment adviser. All
orders for investment transactions on behalf of a Portfolio are placed by
Bankers Trust with broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries that it
selects, including those affiliated with Bankers Trust. A Bankers Trust
affiliate will be used in connection with a purchase or sale of an investment
for the Portfolio only if Bankers Trust believes that the affiliate's charge for
the transaction does not exceed usual and customary levels. The Portfolio will
not invest in obligations for which Bankers Trust or any of its affiliates is
the ultimate obligor or accepting bank. The Portfolio may, however, invest in
the obligations of correspondents and customers of Bankers Trust.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides for each Portfolio to pay Bankers
Trust a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, equal on an annual basis to the
following percentages of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio for its
then-current fiscal year: Global High Yield Securities Portfolio, 0.80%; Capital
Appreciation Portfolio, 0.65%; Small Cap Portfolio, 0.65%; International Equity
Portfolio, 0.65%; Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, 0.75%; and Latin American

                                       32

<PAGE>



Equity Portfolio, 1.00%. With respect to Global High Yield Securities Portfolio,
Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio, and Latin American Equity Portfolio, the
investment advisory fee is higher than that of most funds, but not necessarily
higher than that of a typical international fund, due to the greater complexity,
expense and commitment of resources involved in international investing.

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that, in counsel's opinion,
Bankers Trust currently may perform the services for the Trust and the
Portfolios described in this Prospectus and the SAI without violation of the
Glass-Steagall Act or other applicable banking laws or regulations. State laws
on this issue may differ from the interpretations of relevant Federal law, and
banks and financial institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant
to state securities law.

SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISER -- PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY PORTFOLIO Bankers Trust has
entered into a sub-investment advisory agreement (the "Sub-Advisory Agreement")
with BT Fund Managers International Limited ("BT Fund Managers International"),
a wholly owned registered investment advisory subsidiary of Bankers Trust
Australia Limited ("BTAL"). BTAL is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust
New York Corporation. Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Bankers Trust may
receive investment advice and research services with respect to companies based
in the Pacific Basin and may grant BT Fund Managers International investment
management authority as well as the authority to buy and sell securities if
Bankers Trust believes it would be beneficial to the Pacific Basin Equity
Portfolio. Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, BT Fund Managers International
receives a fee from Bankers Trust for providing investment advice and research
services, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annual rate of 0.60% of the
average daily assets of the Portfolio.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Francis J.K. Ledwidge, Managing Director of Bankers Trust, is responsible for
the day-to-day management of International Equity Portfolio. Mr. Ledwidge has
been employed with Bankers Trust since 1989 and has managed the Portfolio's
assets since the Portfolio commenced operations. In addition to being manager of
the Portfolio, Mr. Ledwidge is also a senior officer for Bankers Trust's Global
and International Equity, Balanced and Fixed Income Groups in New York and in
Switzerland, and chairman of Global Strategy Process.

Maria-Elena Carrion (CFA), Vice President of Bankers Trust, is primarily
responsible for the day-to-day management of Latin American Equity Portfolio.
Ms. Carrion has been employed by Bankers Trust since April, 1993 and has managed
the Portfolio's assets since the Portfolio commenced operations. Prior to April,
1993, Ms. Carrion was employed by Latin American Securities (London) (from June,
1991 to April, 1993). Prior to June, 1991, Ms. Carrion was employed by US Trust
Company (from September, 1986 to June, 1991).

David A. Reiss, Vice President of Bankers Trust and Stephen C. Freidheim,
Managing Director of Bankers Trust are responsible for the day-to-day management
of Global High Yield Securities Portfolio. Mr. Reiss has been employed by
Bankers Trust since March, 1994 and has managed the Portfolio's assets since
March, 1994. From September, 1989 to March, 1994, Mr. Reiss was a Portfolio
Manager at Kidder Peabody Asset Management. Prior to September, 1989, he was an
associate in Mortgage Research at Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Freidheim has been
employed by

                                       33

<PAGE>



Bankers Trust since August, 1993 and has managed the Portfolio's assets since
December, 1993. From July, 1990 to July, 1993 he was a Senior Vice President and
Director of Research and Trading at Nomura Securities International. Mr.
Freidheim was also on the Board of Directors of Nomura Corporate Research and
Asset Management. Prior to July, 1990, he was Director of Research at Kidder,
Peabody High Yield Asset Management.

Paul Durham, Vice President of BTAL, is responsible for the day-to-day
management of Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio. Mr. Durham has been employed by
Bankers Trust since January, 1988 and has managed the Portfolio's assets since
November, 1993.

Mary Lisanti, Managing Director of Bankers Trust, is responsible for the
day-to-day management of Capital Appreciation Portfolio and Small Cap Portfolio.
Ms. Lisanti has been employed by Bankers Trust since February, 1993 and has
managed each Portfolio's assets since each Portfolio commenced operations. Prior
to 1993, she was a Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Lieber &
Company/The Evergreen Funds (since 1990).

Bankers Trust investment personnel may invest in securities for their own
account pursuant to a code of ethics that establishes procedures for personal
investing and restricts certain transactions.

ADMINISTRATOR
Under its Administration and Services Agreement with the Trust, Bankers Trust
calculates the net asset value of each Fund and generally assists the Board of
Trustees of the Trust in all aspects of the administration and operation of the
Funds. The Administration and Services Agreement provides for the Trust to pay
Bankers Trust a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly equal on an annual basis to
the following percentages of the average daily net assets of the Fund for its
then-current fiscal year: Global High Yield Securities Fund, 0.95%; Capital
Appreciation Fund, 0.65%; Small Cap Fund, 0.65%; International Equity Fund,
0.85%; Pacific Basin Equity Fund, 0.75%; and Latin American Equity Fund, 0.95%.

Under an Administration and Services Agreement with each Portfolio, Bankers
Trust calculates the value of the assets of the Portfolio and generally assists
the respective Board of Trustees in all aspects of the administration and
operation of the Portfolios. The Administration and Services Agreement provides
for each Portfolio to pay Bankers Trust a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly,
equal on an annual basis to the following percentages of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets for its then-current fiscal year: Global High Yield Securities
Portfolio, 0.20%; Capital Appreciation Portfolio, 0.10%; Small Cap Portfolio,
0.10%; International Equity Portfolio, 0.15%; Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio,
0.25%; and Latin American Equity Portfolio, 0.20%. Under each Administration and
Services Agreement, Bankers Trust may delegate one or more of its
responsibilities to others, including SBDS, at Bankers Trust's expense.

DISTRIBUTOR
Under its Distribution Agreement with the Trust, SBDS, as Distributor, serves as
the Trust's principal underwriter on a best efforts basis. In addition, SBDS
provides the Trust with office facilities. SBDS is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Signature Financial Group, Inc. ("SFG"). SFG and its affiliates currently
provide administration and distribution services for other registered investment

                                       34

<PAGE>



companies. The principal business address of SFG and SBDS is 6 St. James Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLAN
Pursuant to the terms of the Trust's Distribution and Service Plan pursuant to
Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the "Plan"), each Fund shall pay SBDS service
fees equal on an annual basis up to 0.25% of each Fund's average daily net
assets as reimbursement for the costs of compensating Investment Professionals
for providing personal shareholder services and maintaining shareholder
accounts. In addition, each Fund shall pay SBDS a distribution fee equal on an
annual basis to 0.25% (0.10% in the case of Global High Yield Securities Fund)
of each Fund's average daily net assets as reimbursement for expenses incurred
in connection with any activities primarily intended to result in the sale of
the Fund's shares, including, but not limited to: printing of prospectuses,
statements of additional information and reports for other than existing
shareholders; payment of asset-based sales charges or commissions to Investment
Professionals; costs of placing advertising in various media; services of
parties in formulating sales literature; and typesetting, printing and
distribution of sales literature. All costs and expenses in connection with
implementing and operating the Plan will be paid by each Fund, subject to the
0.50% (0.35% in the case of Global High Yield Securities Fund) of net assets
limitation. All costs and expenses associated with preparing the Prospectus and
SAI and in connection with printing them for and distributing them to existing
shareholders and regulatory authorities, which costs and expenses would not be
considered distribution expenses for purposes of the Plan, will also be paid by
the Funds. To the extent expenses of SBDS under the Plan in any fiscal year of
the Trust exceed amounts payable under the Plan during that year, those expenses
may be reimbursed in a succeeding fiscal year; however, no carrying charge or
interest will be added to the amount of the expense. Expenses incurred in
connection with distribution activities will be identified to each Fund or the
other series of the Trust involved, although it is anticipated that some
activities may be conducted on a Trust-wide basis, with the result that those
activities will not be identifiable to any particular series. In the latter
case, expenses will be allocated among the series of the Trust on the basis of
their relative net assets.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
Bankers Trust acts as custodian of the assets of the Trust and each Portfolio
and serves as the transfer agent (the "Transfer Agent") for the Trust and each
Portfolio under the Administration and Services Agreement with the Trust and
each Portfolio.

                                  YOUR ACCOUNT

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS
Read your Investment Professional's program materials in conjunction with this
Prospectus for details of services that may differ from those described in the
Prospectus and for additional fees that may apply. Some of the services and
features of this Prospectus may not be available to you. Certain features of the
Funds, such as minimum initial or subsequent investment amounts, may be modified
in these programs, and administrative charges may be imposed for the services
rendered.

                                       35

<PAGE>




The different ways to set up (register) your account with Bankers Trust are
listed below.

The account guidelines that follow may not apply to certain Funds or to certain
retirement accounts. If your employer offers a Fund through a retirement
program, contact your employer for more information. Otherwise, call your
Investment Professional directly.

WAYS TO SET UP YOUR ACCOUNT

INDIVIDUAL OR JOINT TENANT
FOR YOUR GENERAL INVESTMENT NEEDS
Individual accounts are owned by one person. Joint accounts can have two or more
owners (tenants). Joint accounts may be joint tenants in common or joint tenants
with rights of survivorship.

RETIREMENT
TO SHELTER YOUR RETIREMENT SAVINGS FROM TAXES
Retirement plans allow individuals to shelter investment income and capital
gains from current taxes. In addition, contributions to these accounts may be
tax deductible. Retirement accounts require special applications and typically
have lower minimums.

o INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (IRAS) allow anyone of legal age under 70 1/2
with earned income to invest up to $2,000 per tax year. Individuals can also
invest in a spouse's IRA if the spouse has earned income of less than $250.

o ROLLOVER IRAS retain special tax advantages for certain distributions from
employer sponsored retirement plans.

o SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS (SEP-IRAS) provide small business owners or
those with self-employed income (and their eligible employees) with many of the
same advantages as a Keogh, but with fewer administrative requirements.


o 401(K) PLANS allow employees of corporations of all sizes to contribute a
percentage of their wages on a tax deferred basis. These accounts need to be
established by the trustee of the plan.

o MONEY PURCHASE/PROFIT SHARING PLANS (Keogh Plans) are tax deferred pension
accounts designated for employees of unincorporated businesses or for persons
who are self-employed.

GIFTS OR TRANSFERS TO A MINOR (UGMA, UTMA) TO INVEST FOR A CHILD'S EDUCATION OR
OTHER FUTURE NEEDS
These custodial accounts provide a way to give money to a child and obtain tax
benefits. An individual can give up to $10,000 a year per child without paying
federal gift tax. Depending on state laws, you can set up a custodial account
under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) or the Uniform Transfers to Minors
Act (UTMA). Contact your Investment Professional.


                                       36

<PAGE>


TRUST
FOR MONEY BEING INVESTED BY A TRUST
The trust must be established before on account can be opened.

BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION
FOR INVESTMENT NEEDS OF CORPORATIONS, ASSOCIATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS, OR OTHER
GROUPS Contact your Investment Professional.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

Once each business day, two share prices are calculated for shares of each Fund:
the offering price and the NAV. The offering price includes a front-end sales
charge, which you pay when you buy shares of a Fund, unless you qualify for a
re- duction or waiver as described on page __. When you buy shares at the
offering price, the Transfer Agent deducts the applicable sales charge and
invests the rest at NAV.

Shares are purchased at the next offering price or NAV, as applicable,
calculated after your investment is received and accepted. The offering price
and NAV are normally calculated at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

If you are placing your order through an Investment Professional, it is the
responsibility of your Investment Professional to transmit your order to buy
shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within five business days after an order
for shares is placed; otherwise your purchase order may be canceled and you
could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.

Share certificates are not available for shares of the Funds.

IF YOU ARE NEW TO BT GLOBAL INVESTORS, complete and sign an account application
and mail it along with your check. If there is no account application
accompanying this Prospectus, call your Investment Professional.

IF YOU ALREADY HAVE MONEY INVESTED IN A BT GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND, you can:

o  Mail an account application with a check,
o  Wire money into your account,
o Open an account by exchanging from another BT Global Investors Fund, or o
Contact your Investment Professional.

If you are investing through a tax-sheltered retirement plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time, you will need a special application. Contact your Investment
Professional for more information and a retirement account application.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS

TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT                    $2,500
For retirement accounts               $ 500
Through automatic investment plans    $1,000


                                       37

<PAGE>



TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT                 $  250
For retirement accounts              $  100
Through automatic investment plan    $  100

MINIMUM BALANCE                      $1,000
For retirement accounts              None

For further information on opening an account, please consult your Investment
Professional or refer to the account application.

PHONE YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT
Contact your Investment Professional. You may exchange from another BT Global
Investors Fund ( or the BT Investment Money Market Fund) account with the same
registration, including name, address, and taxpayer ID number.

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT 
Contact your Investment Professional or call 1- 800-422-6577. You may exchange
from another BT Global Investors Fund account (or the BT Investment Money Market
Fund) with the same registration, including name, address, and taxpayer ID
number.

MAIL 
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT
Complete and sign the account application. Make your check payable to the
complete name of the Fund of your choice. Mail to the appropriate address
indicated on the application.

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT
Make your check payable to the complete name of the Fund of your choice.
Indicate your Fund account number on your check and mail to the address printed
on your account statement.

Exchange by mail: call your Investment Professional for instructions.

IN PERSON
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT
Bring your account application and check to your Investment Professional.

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT
Bring your check to your Investment Professional.





                                       38

<PAGE>




WIRE
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT
Not available.

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT
Call your Investment Professional or wire to:

Routing #021001033 ATTN: Bankers Trust/IFTC Deposit CREDIT: Fund Number Global
High Yield Securities Fund - 500 Capital Appreciation Fund - 501 Small Cap Fund
- 502 International Equity Fund - 503 Pacific Basin Equity Fund - 504 Latin
American Equity Fund - 505 DDA#00-226-296 FBO: (Account name) (Account number)

Specify the complete name of the fund of your choice, and include your account
number and your name.

AUTOMATICALLY
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT
Not available.

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT
Use Systematic Investment Program. Sign up for this service when opening your
account, or call your Investment Professional to begin the program.


HOW TO SELL SHARES

You can arrange to take money out of your fund account at any time by selling
(redeeming) some or all of your shares. Your shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. NAV is normally
calculated at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

TO SELL SHARES IN A RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, your request must be made in writing,
except for exchanges to other eligible BT Global Investors Funds (or the BT
Investment Money Market Fund), which can be requested by phone or in writing.
For a retirement distribution form contact your Investment Professional or call
1-800-422-6577.

                                       39

<PAGE>

IF YOU ARE SELLING SOME BUT NOT ALL OF YOUR NON-RETIREMENT ACCOUNT SHARES, leave
at least $1,000 worth of shares in the account to keep it open.

TO SELL SHARES BY BANK WIRE you will need to sign up for these services in
advance.

CERTAIN REQUESTS MUST INCLUDE A SIGNATURE GUARANTEE. It is designed to protect
you and Bankers Trust from fraud. Your request must be made in writing and
include a signature guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

o You wish to redeem more than $100,000 worth of shares, o Your account
registration has changed within the last 30 days, o The check is being mailed to
a different address than the one on your account (record address), o The check
is being made payable to someone other than the account owner, o The redemption
proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a different registration, or
o You wish to have redemption proceeds wired to a non-predesignated bank
account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker, dealer,
credit union (if authorized under state law), securities exchange or
association, clearing agency, or savings association. A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

SELLING SHARES IN WRITING

Write a "letter of instruction" with:

o Your name,
o The Fund's name and Fund's number,
o Your Fund account number, 
o The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed and 
o Any other applicable requirements listed in the following table.

Deliver your letter to your Investment Professional, or mail it to the following
address:

                                   [ADDRESS]

Unless otherwise instructed, the Transfer Agent will send a check to the record
address.

PHONE YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL
ACCOUNT TYPE
All account types except retirement. All account types.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Maximum check request: $     .
You may exchange to other BT Global Investors Funds (or the BT Investment Money
Market Fund) if both accounts are registered with the same name(s), address, and
taxpayer ID number.


MAIL OR IN PERSON
ACCOUNT TYPE

Individual, Joint Tenant, Sale Proprietorship, UGMA, UTMA

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
The letter of instruction (with signature guaranteed) must be signed by all
persons required to sign for transactions, exactly as their names appear on the
account and sent to your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent.

ACCOUNT TYPE
Retirement account

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
The account owner should complete a retirement distribution form. Contact your
Investment Professional or call 1- 800-422-6577.

ACCOUNT TYPE
Trust
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
The trustee must sign the letter indicating capacity as trustee. If the
trustee's name is not in the account registration, provide a copy of the trust
document certified with the last 60 days.

ACCOUNT TYPE
Business or Organization
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
At least one person authorized by corporate resolution to act on the account
must sign the letter.

ACCOUNT TYPE
Executor, Administrator, Conservator/Guardian
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
For instructions contact your Investment Professional or call 1- 800-422-6577.


                                       40

<PAGE>




WIRE 
ACCOUNT TYPE
All account types except retirement

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
You must sign up for the wire feature before using it. To verify that it is in
place, contact your Investment Professional or call 1-800-422-6577. Minimum
wire: $500.00. Your wire redemption request must be received by the Transfer
Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for money to be wired on the next business
day.

INVESTOR SERVICES

BT Global Investors Funds provide a variety of services to help you manage your
account.

INFORMATION SERVICES
STATEMENTS AND REPORTS that your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent
will send to you include the following:

o Confirmation statements (after every transaction that affects your account
balance or your account registration)
o Account statements (quarterly) 
o Financial reports (every six months)

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports will be mailed, even
if you have more than one account in the Fund. Call your Investment Professional
if you need additional copies of financial reports.

TRANSACTION SERVICES
EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE. You may sell your shares and buy shares of other BT Global
Investors Funds by telephone or in writing. The shares you exchange will carry
credit for any front-end sales charge you previously paid in connection with
their purchase.

Note that exchanges out of a fund [are limited to four per calendar year and
that they may] have tax consequences for you. For detail on policies and
restrictions governing exchanges including circumstances under which a
shareholder's exchange privilege may be suspended or revoked, see page __.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM lets you set up periodic redemptions from your
account. Because of the shares' front-end charge, you may not want to set up a
systematic withdrawal plan during a period when you are buying shares on a
regular basis.


                                       41

<PAGE>



One easy way to pursue your financial goals is to invest money regularly. BT
Global Investors Funds offer convenient services that let you transfer money
into your fund account, or between fund accounts automatically. While regular
investment plans do not guarantee a profit and will not protect you against loss
in a declining market, they can be an excellent way to invest for retirement, a
home, educational expenses, and other long-term financial goals. Certain
restrictions apply for retirement accounts. Call your Investment Professional
for more information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

REGULAR INVESTMENT PLANS
SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAM
TO MOVE MONEY FROM YOUR BANK ACCOUNT TO A BT GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND

MINIMUM           MINIMUM           FREQUENCY                  SETTING UP OR CHANGING
INITIAL           SUBSEQUENT
<S>               <C>            <C>                     <C>         
$1,000            $100           Monthly, bimonthly,        For a new account, complete
                                 quarterly or semi-         the appropriate section on the
                                 annually                   application. For existing
                                                            accounts, call your
                                                            Investment Professional for an
                                                            application. To change the
                                                            amount or frequency of your
                                                            investment,contact your
                                                            Investment Professional
                                                            directly or call 1-800-422-6577.
                                                            Call at least 10 business
                                                            days prior to your next
                                                            scheduled investment date.
</TABLE>

SYSTEMATIC EXCHANGE PROGRAM
TO MOVE MONEY FROM ONE BT GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND TO ANOTHER (OR TO THE BT
INVESTMENT MONEY MARKET FUND)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Minimum           Frequency                   Setting up or changing
<S>               <C>                         <C> 
$100              Monthly, quarterly,         To establish, call your
                  semi-annually or            Investment Professional after
                  annually                    both accounts are open.
                                              To change the amount or
                                              frequency of your
                                              investment, contact your
                                              Investment Professional
                                              directly or call 1-800-422-6577.

                                              The account from which the
                                              exchanges are to be
                                              processed must have a
                                              minimum balance of $10,000.
                                              The account into which the
                                              exchange is being processed
                                              must have a minimum of
                                              $1,000. Call at least two business
                                              days prior to your next scheduled
                                              exchange date.
</TABLE>

                                       42

<PAGE>



                                                     


                        SHAREHOLDER AND ACCOUNT POLICIES

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS, AND TAXES

Each Fund distributes substantially all of its net income and capital gains to
shareholders each year. Each Fund distributes capital gains annually. Normally,
income dividends for Global High Yield Securities Fund and Capital Appreciation
Fund are distributed quarterly; income dividends for Small Cap Fund,
International Equity Fund, Pacific Basin Equity Fund and Latin American Equity
Fund are distributed annually.

DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS
When you open an account, specify on your account application how you want to
receive distributions. The Trust offers four options:

1.  REINVESTMENT OPTION. Your dividend and capital gain distributions will be
automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.  If you do not
indicate a choice on your application you will be assigned this option.

2.  INCOME-EARNED OPTION. Your capital gain distributions will be automatically
reinvested in additional shares of the Fund, but you will be sent a check for
each dividend distribution.

3.  CASH OPTION. You will be sent a check for your dividend and capital gain
distributions.

4.  AUTOMATIC DIVIDENDS PROGRAM. Your dividend and capital gain distributions be
automatically invested in shares of another BT Global Investors Fund (or the BT
Investment Money Market Fund).

If you select distribution option 2 or 3 and the U.S. Postal Service cannot
deliver your checks, or if your checks remain uncashed for six months, those
checks will be reinvested in your account at the current NAV and your election
may be converted to the Reinvestment Option. You may change distribution option
at anytime by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.

FOR RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS, all distributions are automatically reinvested. When
you are over 59 1/2 years old, you can receive distributions in cash. If
distributions from a retirement account for any taxable year following the year
in which the participant reaches age 70 1/2 are less than the "minimum required
distribution" for that taxable year, an excise tax equal to 50% of the
deficiency may be imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). The
administrator, trustee or custodian of such a retirement account will be
responsible for reporting distributions from such accounts to the IRS.

Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividend and capital gain distributions
are not subject to a sales charge.


                                       43

<PAGE>



When each of the Funds deducts a distribution from its NAV, the reinvestment
price is the applicable Fund's NAV at the close of business that day.
Distribution checks will be mailed within seven days, or longer for a December
ex-dividend date.

TAXES
As with any investment, you should consider how an investment in the Funds could
affect you. Below are some of the Funds' tax implications. If your account is
not a tax-deferred retirement account beware of these tax implications.

TAXES ON DISTRIBUTIONS. Distributions from the Funds are subject to federal
income tax and may also be subject to state or local taxes. If living outside
the United States, your distributions from the Funds could also be taxed by the
country in which you reside.

For federal tax purposes, income and short-term capital gain distributions from
each of the Funds are taxed as dividends; long-term capital gain distributions
are taxed as long-term capital gains.

Mutual fund dividends from U.S. government securities are generally free from
state and local income taxes. However, particular states may limit this benefit,
and some types of securities, such as repurchase agreements and some agency-
backed securities, may not qualify for the benefit. In addition, some states may
impose intangible property taxes. You should consult your own tax adviser for
details and up-to-date information on the tax laws in your state.

Distributions are taxable when they are paid, whether you take them in cash or
reinvest them. However, distributions declared in December and paid in January
are taxable as if they were paid on December 31.

Every January, the Transfer Agent will send the IRS a statement showing the
taxable distributions paid to you in the previous year.

TAXES ON TRANSACTIONS. Your redemptions, including exchanges, are subject to
capital gains tax. A capital gain or loss is the difference between the cost of
your shares and the price you receive when you sell them.

Whenever you sell shares of a Fund, the Transfer Agent will send you or your
Investment Professional a confirmation statement showing how many shares you
sold and at what price. You also receive a consolidated transaction statement at
least quarterly. However, it is up to you or your tax preparer to determine
whether this sale resulted in a capital gain and, if so, the amount of tax to be
paid. BE SURE TO KEEP YOUR REGULAR ACCOUNT STATEMENTS; the information they
contain will be essential in calculating the amount of your capital gains.

"BUYING A DIVIDEND." If you buy shares just before a Fund deducts a capital gain
distribution or dividend distribution, as applicable, from its NAV, you will pay
the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in
the form of a taxable distribution.


                                       44

<PAGE>



CURRENCY CONSIDERATIONS. If a Fund's dividends exceed its taxable income in any
year, which is sometimes the result of currency-related losses, all or a portion
of the Fund's dividends may be treated as a return of capital to shareholders
for tax purposes. To minimize the risk of a return of capital, each of the Funds
may adjust its dividends to take currency fluctuations into account, which may
cause the dividends to vary. Any return of capital will reduce the cost basis of
your shares, which will result in a higher reported capital gain or a lower
reported capital loss when you sell your shares. The statement you receive in
January will specify whether any distributions included a return of capital.

Undistributed net gains from currency transactions, if any, will generally be
distributed as a separate dividend in December.

There are tax requirements that all Funds must follow in order to avoid federal
taxation. In its effort to adhere to these requirements, a Fund may have to
limit its investment activity in some types of instruments.

VALUATION DETAILS

THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR BUSINESS each day the NYSE is open. Each Fund's NAV and
offering price, as applicable, is calculated as of the close of regular trading
on the NYSE, currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

A FUND'S NAV is the value of a single share. The NAV of each Fund is computed by
dividing the value of the Fund's Assets (i.e., the value of its investment in
the Portfolio and other assets), less all liabilities, by the total number of
its shares outstanding. Each Portfolio's securities and other assets are valued
primarily on the basis of market quotations or, if quotations are not readily
available, by Bankers Trust pursuant to procedures adopted by the Portfolio's
Board of Trustees. These procedures require Bankers Trust to value such a
security at the same value as an equivalent security which is readily marketable
and, in making such comparisons, to consider all relevant factors under
applicable guidelines of the SEC.

THE OFFERING PRICE (price to buy one share) is the applicable Fund's NAV, plus a
sales charge. The Funds have a maximum sales charge of 4.75% of the offering
price.


                                       45

<PAGE>



SALES CHARGES AND INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL CONCESSIONS (FOR EACH FUND EXCEPT
GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Investment
                                                            Sales Charge                  Professional
                                                              as a % of                   Concession as
                                                     Offering          Net Amount         % of Offering
AMOUNT INVESTED                                      PRICE             INVESTED           PRICE
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>                <C>

Less than $50,000                                    4.75%             4.99%              4.00%
$50,000 to less than $100,000                        4.50              4.71               4.00
$100,000 to less than $250,000                       3.50              3.63               3.00
$250,000 to less than $500,000                       2.50              2.56               2.00
$500,000 to less than $1 million                     2.00              2.04               1.75
$1 million or more                                   None              None               See below[a]

</TABLE>

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Investment
                                                           Sales Charge                    Professional
                                                            as a % of                      Concession as
                                                     Offering          Net Amount          % of Offering
AMOUNT INVESTED                                      PRICE             INVESTED            PRICE
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>                 <C>

Less than $50,000                                    3.75%             3.90%
$50,000 to less than $100,000                        3.50              3.63
$100,000 to less than $250,000                       2.50              2.56
$250,000 to less than $500,000                       1.50              1.52
$500,000 to less than $1 million                     1.00              1.01
$1 million or more                                   None              None
</TABLE>

[a] INVESTMENT PROFESSIONALS WILL BE COMPENSATED (PROVIDED THE INVESTMENT
REMAINS IN THE FUNDS(S) FOR ___ MONTHS) WITH A SPECIAL ONE-TIME FEE OF 1.00% OF
AVERAGE ASSETS FOR PURCHASES OF $1 MILLION TO $3 MILLION OF ASSETS, 0.50% FOR $3
MILLION TO $20 MILLION OF ASSETS AND 0.15% FOR ASSETS OVER $20 MILLION.

REINSTATEMENT PRIVILEGE. If you have sold all or part of your shares of a Fund,
you may reinvest an amount equal to all or a portion of the redemption proceeds
in the same Fund or another BT Global Investors Fund, without paying any sales
charge, at the NAV next determined after receipt of your investment order,
provided that such reinvestment is made within 30 days of redemption. You must
reinstate your shares into an account with the same registration. This privilege
may be exercised only once by a shareholder with respect to a Fund and certain
restrictions may apply.

WHEN YOU SIGN YOUR ACCOUNT APPLICATION, you will be asked to certify that your
social security or taxpayer identification number is correct and that you are
not subject to 31% backup withholding for failing to report income to the IRS.
If you violate IRS regulations, the IRS can require a Fund to withhold 31% of
your taxable distributions and redemptions.

                                       46

<PAGE>




YOU MAY INITIATE MANY TRANSACTIONS BY TELEPHONE: Your Investment Professional or
the Transfer Agent may only be liable for losses resulting from unauthorized
transactions if they do not follow reasonable procedures designed to verify the
identity of the caller. Your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent will
request personalized security codes or other information, and may also record
calls. You should verify the accuracy of the confirmation statements immediately
after receipt. If you do not want the ability to redeem and exchange by
telephone, call your Investment Professional or the Transfer Agent for
instructions. Additional documentation may be required from corporations,
associations and certain fiduciaries.

EACH FUND RESERVES THE RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE OFFERING OF SHARES for a period of
time. Each Fund also reserves the right to reject any specific purchase order,
including certain purchases by exchange. Purchase orders may be refused if, in
Bankers Trust's opinion, they would disrupt management of a Fund.

WHEN YOU PLACE AN ORDER TO BUY SHARES, your shares will be purchased at the next
NAV or offering price, as applicable, calculated after your order is received
and accepted by the Transfer Agent. Note the following:

o  All of your purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn
on U.S. banks.

o  The Funds do not accept cash.

o When making a purchase with more than one check, each check must have a value
of at least $50.

o Each Fund reserves the right to limit the number of checks processed at one
time.

o If your check does not clear, your purchase will be cancelled and you could be
liable for any losses or fees a Fund or the Transfer Agent has incurred.

o  Direct Purchases: You begin to earn dividends as of the first business day
following the day the Fund receives payment.

o  Automated Order Purchases: You begin to earn dividends as of the business day
your order is received and accepted.

AUTOMATED ORDERS PURCHASE. Shares of the Funds can be purchased or sold through
Investment Professionals utilizing an automated order placement and settlement
system that guarantees payment for orders on a specified date.

TO AVOID THE COLLECTION PERIOD associated with check purchases, consider buying
shares by bank wire, U.S. Postal money order, U.S. Treasury check, or Federal
Reserve check.

WHEN YOU PLACE AN ORDER TO SELL SHARES, your shares will be sold at the next NAV
calculated after your order is received and accepted. Note the following:


                                       47

<PAGE>



o Normally, redemption proceeds will be mailed to you on the next business day,
but if making immediate payment could adversely affect a Fund it may take up to
seven days to pay you.

o Shares of the Funds will earn dividends through the date of redemption;
however, shares redeemed on a Friday or prior to a holiday will continue to earn
dividends until the next business day.

o Each Fund may hold payment on redemptions until it is reasonably satisfied
that investments made by check have been collected which can take up to seven
business days.

o Redemptions may be suspended or payment dates postponed when the NYSE is
closed (other than weekends or holidays), when trading on the NYSE is
restricted, or as permitted by the SEC.

THE TRANSFER AGENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DEDUCT AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE of
$12.00 from accounts with a value of less than $2,500 (including any amount paid
as a sales charge). The fee, which is payable to the Transfer Agent, is designed
to offset in part the relatively higher costs of servicing smaller accounts.

IF YOUR NON-RETIREMENT ACCOUNT BALANCE FALLS BELOW $1,000, you will be given 30
days' notice to reestablish the minimum balance. If you do not increase your
balance, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to close your account and send
the proceeds to you. Your shares will be redeemed at the NAV on the day your
account is closed.

THE TRANSFER AGENT MAY CHARGE A FEE FOR SPECIAL SERVICES, such as providing
historical account documents, that are beyond the normal scope of its services.

EXCHANGE RESTRICTIONS

As a shareholder, you have the privilege of exchanging shares of a Fund for
shares of other BT Global Investors Funds (or the BT Investment Money Market
Fund.) However, you should note the following:

o The Fund you are exchanging into must be registered for sale in your state.

o You may only exchange between accounts that are registered in the same name,
address, and taxpayer identification number.

o  Before exchanging into a Fund, read its Prospectus.

o If you exchange into a Fund with a sales charge from a Fund without a sales
charge, you will be required to pay the BT Global Investors Fund's sales charge.

o  Exchanges may have tax consequences for you.

o Because excessive trading can hurt Fund performance and shareholders, each
Fund reserves the right to temporarily or permanently terminate the exchange
privilege of any investor who makes more than four exchanges out of the Fund per

                                       48

<PAGE>



calendar year. Accounts under common ownership or control, including accounts
with the same taxpayer identification number, will be counted together for
purposes of the four exchange limit.

o Each Fund reserves the right to refuse exchange purchases by any person or
group if, in Bankers Trust's judgment, the Fund would be unable to invest the
money effectively in accordance with its investment objective and policies, or
would otherwise potentially be adversely affected.

o Your exchanges may be restricted or refused if a Fund receives or anticipates
simultaneous orders affecting significant portions of the Fund's assets. In
particular, a pattern of exchanges that coincide with a "market timing" strategy
may be disruptive to a Fund.

o Although the Funds will attempt to give you prior notice whenever they are
reasonably able to do so, they may impose these restrictions at any time. The
Funds reserve the right to terminate or modify the exchange privilege in the
future on 60 days' notice to shareholders.

SALES CHARGE REDUCTIONS AND WAIVERS

The front-end sales charge will be reduced for purchases of shares according to
the Sales Charge Schedule shown on page __ if your purchase qualifies for one of
the following reduction plans. 

The following programs are available for front-end sales charge reduction.

QUANTITY DISCOUNTS apply to purchases of shares of a single Fund or to combined
purchases of shares of other BT Global Investors Funds. (Minimum investment is
$50,000).

To qualify for a Quantity Discount, investing in a Fund's shares for several
accounts at the time same time will be considered a single transaction (Combined
Purchase), as long as shares are purchased through one Investment Professional
and the total is at least $50,000.

RIGHTS OF ACCUMULATION let you determine your front-end sales charge on a Fund's
shares by adding to your new purchase the value of all of BT Global Investors
Fund shares held by you, your spouse, and your children under age 21.

A LETTER OF INTENT lets you receive the same reduced front-end sales charge on
purchases of shares made during a 13-month period as if the total amount
invested during the period had been invested in a single lump sum. (see
"Quantity Discounts" above.) You must file your non-binding Letter within 90
days of the start of your purchases. Your initial investment must be at least 5%
of the amount you plan to invest. Out of the initial investment, 5% of the
dollar amount specified in the Letter will be registered in your name and held
in escrow. You will earn income dividends and capital gain distributions on
escrowed shares. Neither income dividends nor capital gain distributions
reinvested in additional shares will apply toward completion of the Letter. The

                                       49

<PAGE>



escrow will be released when your purchase of the total amount has been
completed. You are not obligated to complete the Letter, and in such a case,
sufficient escrowed shares will be redeemed to pay any applicable front-end
sales charges.

A front-end sales charge will not apply to the following shares:

1. Purchased by an existing Bankers Trust investment management client;

2. Purchased by a bank trust officer, registered representative, or other
employee (or a member of one of their immediate families) of Investment
Professionals having agreements with SBDS or Bankers Trust;

3. Purchased by a current or former trustee or officer of a BT Fund or a current
or retired officer, director or regular employee of Bankers Trust or its direct
or indirect subsidiaries (a Bankers Trust trustee or employee), the spouse of a
Bankers Trust trustee or employee, a Bankers Trust trustee or employee acting as
custodian for a minor child, or a person acting as trustee of a trust for the
sole benefit of the minor child of a Bankers Trust trustee or employee;

4. Purchased by a charitable organization (as defined in Section 501(c)(3) of
the Internal Revenue Code) investing $100,000 or more;

5. Purchased for a charitable remainder trust or life income pool established
for the benefit of a charitable organization (as defined in Section 501 (c) (3)
of the Internal Revenue Code);

6. Purchased by a trust institution or bank trust department investing on its
own behalf or on behalf of its clients;

7. Purchased in an account for which an Investment Professional, bank,
broker-dealer or financial advisor charges an asset management fee, provided the
Investment Professional's bank, broker-dealer or financial advisor has an
agreement with SBDS or Bankers Trust;

8. Purchased as part of an employee benefit plan having more than 200 eligible
employees or a minimum of $1 million of plan assets.

9. Purchased for any state, county, or city, or any governmental
instrumentality, department, authority or agency; or

10. Purchased with redemption proceeds from other mutual fund complexes on which
you have previously paid a front-end sales charge.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRUST AND PORTFOLIOS

Each Fund is a mutual fund: an investment that pools shareholders' money and
invests it toward a specified goal. Each Fund is a separate diversified series
of BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust. Each of Global High
Yield Securities Portfolio, Small Cap Portfolio, Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio
and Latin American Equity Portfolio is a separate diversified subtrust of BT

                                       50

<PAGE>



Investment Portfolios, a New York master trust fund. Each of Capital
Appreciation Portfolio and International Equity Portfolio is a New York trust.

Each of the Trust and BT Investment Portfolios reserves the right to add
additional series in the future. The Trust also reserves the right to issue more
than one class of shares of each Fund.

The Trust or a Portfolio may hold special meetings and mail proxy materials.
These meetings may be called to elect or remove trustees, change fundamental
policies, approve Portfolio's investment advisory agreement, or for other
purposes. Shareholders not attending these meetings are encouraged to vote by
proxy. The Trust's Transfer Agent will mail proxy materials in advance,
including a voting card and information about the proposals to be voted on.

When matters are submitted for shareholder vote, shareholders of each Fund will
have one vote for each full share held and proportionate, fractional votes for
fractional shares held. A separate vote of one of the Funds is required on any
matter affecting only that Fund on which shareholders are entitled to vote.
Shareholders of a Fund are not entitled to vote on Trust matters that do not
affect that Fund and do not require a separate vote of the Fund. All series of
the Trust will vote together on certain matters, such as electing trustees or
approving independent public auditors. There normally will be no meetings of
shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees unless and until such time as
less than a majority of Trustees holding office have been elected by
shareholders, at which time the Trustees then in office will call a
shareholders' meeting for the election of Trustees. Any Trustee may be removed
from office upon the vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the
Trust's outstanding shares at a meeting called for that purpose. The Trustees
are required to call such a meeting upon the written request of shareholders
holding at least 10% of the Trust's outstanding shares. The Trust will also
assist shareholders in communicating with one another as provided for in the
1940 Act.

Each series of the Trust will vote separately on any matter involving the
corresponding Portfolio. Shareholders of all of the series of the Trust will,
however, vote together to elect Trustees of the Trust and for certain other
matters. Under certain circumstances, the shareholders of one or more series
could control the outcome of these votes. The series of BT Investment Portfolios
will vote together or separately on matters in the same manner, and in the same
circumstances, as do the series of the Trust. As with the Trust, the investors
in one or more series of BT Investment Portfolios could control the outcome of
these votes.

The Trust is an entity of the type commonly known as a "Massachusetts business
trust." Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a business trust may,
under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its
obligations. However, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on
account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both
inadequate insurance existed and the Trust itself was unable to meet its
obligations.

Each Portfolio was organized as a trust under the laws of the State of New York.
Each Portfolio's Declaration of Trust provides that each Fund and other entities
investing in a Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company

                                       51

<PAGE>



separate accounts and common and commingled trust funds) will each be liable for
all obligations of that Portfolio. However, the risk of a Fund incurring
financial loss on account of such liability is limited to circumstances in which
both inadequate insurance existed and a Portfolio itself was unable to meet its
obligations. Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trust believe that neither the
Funds nor their shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Funds'
investing in the Portfolios. The interests in BT Investment Portfolios are
divided into separate series. No series of BT Investment Portfolios has any
preference over any other series.

                                       52

<PAGE>



APPENDIX

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS:

AAA - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin
and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to
change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

AA - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be
considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

BAA - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e. they are
neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be
lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
Such, bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well.

BA - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

CAA - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

CA - Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
investment standing.


                                   Appendix-1

<PAGE>



Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating
classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond system. The modifier 1
indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

DESCRIPTION OF S&PS CORPORATE BOND RATINGS:

AAA - Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's to a
debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely
strong.

AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal,
although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt rate BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

B - Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business,
financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay principal. The B rating category is also used for debt
subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C -The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The C rating may be used to
cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.


                                   Appendix-2

<PAGE>



CI - The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace period. The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.



                                   Appendix-3

<PAGE>

BT0441D
STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
              , 1995

BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
oGLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND
oCAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND
oSMALL CAP FUND
oINTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
oLATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND
oPACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND


         BT Global  Investors  (the  "Trust") is comprised  of seven funds.  The
shares of the funds -- Global High Yield Securities Fund,  Capital  Appreciation
Fund, Small Cap Fund,  International Equity Fund, Latin American Equity Fund and
Pacific Basin Equity Fund, (each, a "Fund") -- are described herein.

         TABLE OF CONTENTS

         Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Policies. . . .
         Performance Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Valuation of Securities; Redemptions and Purchases in Kind . . . .
         Management of the Trust and the Portfolios . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Organization of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

         As  described  in the  Prospectus,  the  Trust  seeks  to  achieve  the
investment  objectives  of each  Fund by  investing  all the  investable  assets
("Assets") of the Fund in a diversified  open-end management  investment company
(or a series thereof) having the same investment  objectives as such Fund. These
investment  companies  (or a series  thereof) are,  respectively,  International
Equity Portfolio,  Capital Appreciation  Portfolio and BT Investment Portfolios.
Global High Yield  Securities  Portfolio,  Small Cap  Portfolio,  Latin American
Equity  Portfolio  and Pacific  Basin Equity  Portfolio  are each a series of BT
Investment Portfolios.

         Since  the  investment  characteristics  of the Funds  will  correspond
directly to those of the  respective  Portfolio in which the Fund invests all of
its assets,  the  following is a discussion  of the various  investments  of and
techniques employed by the Portfolios.

         Shares of the Funds are sold by Signature  Broker-Dealer Services, Inc.
("Signature"),  the Trust's  Distributor,  to clients and  customers  (including
affiliates and  correspondents) of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"),  the
Portfolios' Adviser, and to clients and customers of other organizations.

         The Trust's Prospectus for the Funds is dated           , 1995.  The
Prospectus provides the basic information investors should know before investing
and may be obtained without charge by calling the Trust at the telephone number
listed below or by contacting any Service Agent.  This Statement of Additional


<PAGE>



Information,  which is not a  Prospectus,  is  intended  to  provide  additional
information  regarding the  activities and operations of the Trust and should be
read in  conjunction  with the Funds'  Prospectus.  This Statement of Additional
Information is not an offer of any Fund for which an investor has not received a
Prospectus.  Capitalized  terms  not  otherwise  defined  in this  Statement  of
Additional  Information  have  the  meanings  accorded  to  them  in the  Fund's
Prospectus.








                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
             INVESTMENT ADVISER OF EACH PORTFOLIO AND ADMINISTRATOR
                     SIGNATURE BROKER-DEALER SERVICES, INC.
                                  DISTRIBUTOR

6 St. James Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02116   (800) 422-6577

                                       2

<PAGE>



          RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT POLICIES

                             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

         The  investment  objective(s)  of each Fund is described in that Fund's
Prospectus. There can, of course, be no assurance that any Fund will achieve its
investment objective(s).

                              INVESTMENT POLICIES

         Each Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing all of
its  Assets in the  corresponding  Portfolio.  The Trust may  withdraw  a Fund's
investment from the corresponding Portfolio at any time if the Board of Trustees
of the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so.

         Since the  investment  characteristics  of each  Fund  will  correspond
directly to those of the corresponding  Portfolio, the following is a discussion
of the various investments of and techniques employed by each Portfolio.

         CERTIFICATES  OF DEPOSIT  AND  BANKERS'  ACCEPTANCES.  Certificates  of
deposit are  receipts  issued by a  depository  institution  in exchange for the
deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to
the  bearer  of the  receipt  on the  date  specified  on the  certificate.  The
certificate  usually can be traded in the  secondary  market  prior to maturity.
Bankers'  acceptances   typically  arise  from  short-term  credit  arrangements
designed  to  enable   businesses   to  obtain   funds  to  finance   commercial
transactions.  Generally,  an  acceptance  is a time draft drawn on a bank by an
exporter or an importer to obtain a stated  amount of funds to pay for  specific
merchandise.   The  draft  is  then  "accepted"  by  a  bank  that,  in  effect,
unconditionally  guarantees  to pay the  face  value  of the  instrument  on its
maturity  date.  The  acceptance  may then be held by the  accepting  bank as an
earning  asset or it may be sold in the  secondary  market at the going  rate of
discount for a specific maturity.  Although maturities for acceptances can be as
long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.

         COMMERCIAL PAPER. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from
1 to 270 days)  unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations in order to
finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is
a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing  arrangement involving
periodically  fluctuating  rates of interest under a letter agreement  between a
commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender
may determine to invest varying amounts.

         For a description of commercial paper ratings,  see the Appendix to the
Prospectus.

         LOWER-RATED DEBT SECURITIES.  While the market for high yield corporate
debt securities has been in existence for many years and has weathered  previous
economic  downturns,  the 1980's brought a dramatic  increase in the use of such
securities to fund highly leveraged  corporate  acquisitions and  restructuring.
Past experience may not provide an accurate indication of future performance of

                                       3

<PAGE>



the high yield bond market,  especially during periods of economic recession. In
fact,  from 1989 to 1991,  the percentage of lower-rated  debt  securities  that
defaulted rose significantly above prior levels.

         The market for  lower-rated  debt  securities  may be thinner  and less
active than that for higher rated debt  securities,  which can adversely  affect
the prices at which the former are sold. If market quotations are not available,
lower-  rated  debt  securities  will be valued in  accordance  with  procedures
established  by the Board of  Trustees,  including  the use of  outside  pricing
services.  Judgement  plays a greater role in valuing high yield  corporate debt
securities  than is the case for securities for which more external  sources for
quotations  and last  sale  information  is  available.  Adverse  publicity  and
changing investor  perception may affect the ability of outside pricing services
to value  lowerrated  debt  securities  and the  Global  High  Yield  Securities
Portfolio's ability to dispose of these securities.

         Since the risk of default is higher for  lower-rated  debt  securities,
Bankers Trust's research and credit analysis are an especially important part of
managing  securities  of  this  type  held  by  the  Portfolio.  In  considering
investments  for the  Portfolio,  Bankers  Trust will attempt to identify  those
issuers of high yielding debt securities whose financial conditions are adequate
to meet future  obligations,  have  improved  or are  expected to improve in the
future.  Bankers  Trust's  analysis  focuses on  relative  values  based on such
factors as interest on dividend coverage, asset coverage, earnings prospects and
the experience and managerial strength of the issuer.

         The Global High Yield Securities  Portfolio may choose,  at its expense
or in conjunction with others,  to pursue  litigation or otherwise  exercise its
rights as a security holder to seek to protect the interest of security  holders
if it  determines  this to be in the best  interest  of the  Global  High  Yield
Securities Fund.

         ILLIQUID  SECURITIES.  Historically,  illiquid securities have included
securities  subject to contractual or legal  restrictions on resale because they
have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933
Act"),  securities  which are otherwise not readily  marketable  and  repurchase
agreements  having a maturity of longer than seven days.  Securities  which have
not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private  placements or
restricted  securities  and are  purchased  directly  from the  issuer or in the
secondary  market.  Mutual funds do not typically  hold a significant  amount of
these  restricted  or other  illiquid  securities  because of the  potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the  marketability  of portfolio  securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid  securities  promptly
or at  reasonable  prices and might  thereby  experience  difficulty  satisfying
redemptions  within seven days.  A mutual fund might also have to register  such
restricted  securities  in order to  dispose  of them  resulting  in  additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

         In recent years,  however, a large  institutional  market has developed
for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act, including

                                       4

<PAGE>



repurchase   agreements,   commercial  paper,   foreign  securities,   municipal
securities and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional  investors depend on an
efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily
resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that
there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale of such investments to the
general  public  or to  certain  institutions  may not be  indicative  of  their
liquidity.

         The Securities and Exchange Commission the (the "SEC") has adopted Rule
144A,  which  allows a  broader  institutional  trading  market  for  securities
otherwise  subject to  restriction on their resale to the general  public.  Rule
144A establishes a "safe harbor" from the registration  requirements of the 1933
Act of resales of certain  securities  to qualified  institutional  buyers.  The
Adviser  anticipates that the market for certain  restricted  securities such as
institutional  commercial  paper  will  expand  further  as  a  result  of  this
regulation and the development of automated  systems for the trading,  clearance
and settlement of unregistered  securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such
as the  PORTAL  System  sponsored  by the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc.

         The Adviser will monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A  securities in each
Portfolio's  portfolio  under  the  supervision  of  the  Portfolio's  Board  of
Trustees.  In reaching  liquidity  decisions,  the Adviser will consider,  among
other things, the following factors:  (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for
the security;  (2) the number of dealers and other potential  purchasers wishing
to purchase or sell the security;  (3) dealer  undertakings  to make a market in
the security and (4) the nature of the  security and of the  marketplace  trades
(e.g.,  the time  needed to dispose of the  security,  the method of  soliciting
offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

         SHORT-TERM INSTRUMENTS. When a Portfolio experiences large cash inflows
through  the  sale of  securities  and  desirable  equity  securities,  that are
consistent with the Portfolio's  investment objective,  which are unavailable in
sufficient quantities or at attractive prices, the Portfolio may hold short-term
investments for a limited time pending  availability of such equity  securities.
Short-term   instruments  consist  of  foreign  and  domestic:   (i)  short-term
obligations  of  sovereign  governments,   their  agencies,   instrumentalities,
authorities or political  subdivisions;  (ii) other  short-term  debt securities
rated AA or  higher  by S&P or Aa or  higher  by  Moody's  or,  if  unrated,  of
comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust; (iii) commercial paper; (iv)
bank obligations,  including negotiable  certificates of deposit,  time deposits
and  banker's  acceptances;  and (v)  repurchase  agreements.  At the  time  the
Portfolio   invests  in  commercial   paper,   bank  obligations  or  repurchase
agreements,  the issuer of the issuer's parent must have  outstanding debt rated
AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding  commercial  paper
or bank  obligations  rated A-1 by S&P or  Prime-1  by  Moody's;  or, if no such
ratings are  available,  the  instrument  must be of  comparable  quality in the
opinion of Bankers Trust. These instruments may be denominated in U.S dollars or
in foreign currencies.

         FOREIGN SECURITIES:  SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS CONCERNING EASTERN EUROPE.
Global High Yield Securities Portfolio may invest in foreign securities issued
by Eastern European countries.  Investments in companies domiciled in Eastern

                                       5

<PAGE>



European  countries  may be subject to  potentially  greater risks than those of
other  foreign  issuers.  These risks  include:  (i)  potentially  less  social,
political and economic stability; (ii) the small current size of the markets for
such  securities  and the low volume of trading,  which result in less liquidity
and in greater price  volatility;  (iii)  certain  national  policies  which may
restrict the Portfolios'  investment  opportunities,  including  restrictions on
investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv)
foreign  taxation;  (v) the  absence of  developed  legal  structures  governing
private or foreign  investment  or allowing for  judicial  redress for injury to
private property;  (vi) the absence,  until recently in certain Eastern European
countries,  of a capital market structure or market-oriented  economy; and (vii)
the possibility  that recent favorable  economic  developments in Eastern Europe
may be slowed or reversed by  unanticipated  political or social  events in such
countries,  or in the Commonwealth of Independent  States (formerly the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics).

         The economic situation remains difficult for Eastern European countries
in transition from central  planning,  following what has already been a sizable
decline in output.  The  contraction now appears to be bottoming out in parts of
Eastern Europe,  where some countries are projected to register  positive growth
in  1995.  Following  three  successive  years of  output  declines,  there  are
preliminary  indications  of a turnaround in the former Czech and Slovak Federal
Republic,  Hungary  and Poland;  growth in private  sector  activity  and strong
exports  now  appear to have  contained  the fall in  output.  A number of their
governments,  including those of Hungary and Poland, are currently  implementing
or  considering  reforms  directed at  political  and  economic  liberalization,
including efforts to foster multi-party political systems, decentralize economic
planning, and a move toward free-market economies. But key aspects of the reform
and stabilization efforts have not yet been fully implemented,  and there remain
risks of  policy  slippage.  At  present,  no  Eastern  European  country  has a
developed  stock market,  but Poland,  Hungary and the Czech Republic have small
securities markets in operation.

         In many other  countries  of the region,  output  losses have been even
larger.  These  declines  reflect the adjustment  difficulties  during the early
stages of the transition,  high rates of inflation,  the compression of imports,
disruption  in trade  among  the  countries  of the  former  Soviet  Union,  and
uncertainties  about  the  reform  process  itself.  Large-scale  subsidies  are
delaying industrial  restructuring and are exacerbating the fiscal situation.  A
reversal  of these  adverse  factors is not  anticipated  in the near term,  and
output is expected to decline further in most of these countries. In the Russian
Federation  and most  other  countries  of the  former  Soviet  Union,  economic
conditions  are of particular  concern  because of economic  instability  due to
political  unrest and armed  conflicts in many regions.  Further,  no accounting
standards exist in Eastern European countries. Although certain Eastern European
currencies may be convertible  into U.S.  dollars,  the conversion  rates may be
artificial  to the  actual  market  values  and  may be  adverse  to the  Fund's
shareholders.

         BRADY BONDS.  Latin  American  Equity  Portfolio  and Global High Yield
Securities  Portfolio may invest in "Brady bonds," which have been issued by the
governments of Argentina, Costa Rica, Mexico, Nigeria, Uruguay and Venezuela.

                                       6

<PAGE>



Most Brady bonds are currently rated below BBB by Standard & Poor's Corporation
("S&P") or Baa by Moody's Investors Services Inc. ("Moody's").

         The Brady Plan was  conceived by the U.S.  Treasury in the 1980's in an
attempt  to  produce a debt  restructuring  program  which  would  enable a debt
country to (i) reduce the absolute level of debt of its creditor banks, and (ii)
reschedule its external debt repayments,  based upon its ability to service such
debts by persuading  its creditor  banks to accept a debt  write-off by offering
them a selection of options,  each of which represented an attractive substitute
for the nonperforming  debt.  Although it was envisaged that each debtor country
would agree to a unique package of options with its creditor banks, the plan was
that  these  options  would be based  upon the  following:(i)  a  discount  bond
carrying a market rate of interest  (whether fixed or floating),  with principal
collateralized  by the debtor country with cash or securities in an amount equal
to at least one year of rolling interest; (ii) a par bond carrying a low rate of
interest  (whether fixed or floating),  collateralized in the same way as in (i)
above; and (iii) retention of existing debt (thereby  avoiding a debt write-off)
coupled with an advance of new money or subscription of new bonds.

         Latin  American  Equity  Portfolio  and Global  High  Yield  Securities
Portfolio may invest in either  collateralized or uncollateralized  Brady bonds.
U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady bonds, which may be fixed rate par
bonds  or  floating  rate  discount  bonds,  are  collateralized  in  full as to
principal by U.S.  Treasury  zero coupon  bonds having the same  maturity as the
bonds.  Interest payments on such bonds generally are  collateralized by cash or
securities  in an amount  that in the case of fixed rate  bonds,  is equal to at
least one year of rolling  interest  payments  or, in the case of floating  rate
bonds, initially is equal to at least one year's rolling interest payments based
on the applicable interest rate at the time and is adjusted at regular intervals
thereafter.

         FOREIGN SECURITIES:  SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS  CONCERNING LATIN AMERICA.
Investing in securities of Latin  American  issuers may entail risks relating to
the potential  political  and economic  instability  of certain  Latin  American
countries and the risks of expropriation,  nationalization,  confiscation or the
imposition of restrictions on foreign  investment and on repatriation of capital
invested.  In the event of expropriation,  nationalization or other confiscation
by any country,  Latin American Equity Fund could lose its entire  investment in
any such country.

         The securities  markets of Latin American  countries are  substantially
smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the major securities
markets in the U.S.  disclosure  and  regulatory  standards are in many respects
less  stringent  than U.S.  standards.  Furthermore,  there is a lower  level of
monitoring and regulation of the markets and the activities of investors in such
markets.

         The limited size of many Latin American  securities markets and limited
trading volume in the securities of Latin American issuers compared to volume of
trading in the  securities of U.S.  issuers could cause prices to be erratic for
reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and  competitiveness of the
securities  issuers.  For  example,  limited  market size may cause prices to be
unduly influenced by traders who control large positions. Adverse publicity and

                                       7

<PAGE>



investors'  perceptions,  whether or not based on in-depth fundamental analysis,
may decrease the value and liquidity of portfolio securities.

         The economies of Latin American countries may be predominantly based in
only a few  industries,  may be highly  vulnerable to changes in local or global
trade  conditions,  and may suffer from  extreme and  volatile  debt  burdens or
inflation rates; and (v) securities of issuers located in Latin America may have
limited  marketability  and may be  subject  to more  abrupt  or  erratic  price
movements.

         Governments  of  many  Latin  American  countries  have  exercised  and
continue  to exercise  substantial  influence  over many  aspects of the private
sector through the ownership or control of many companies, including some of the
largest in those countries. As a result,  government actions in the future could
have a significant  effect on economic  conditions  which may  adversely  affect
prices of certain portfolio securities.  Expropriation,  confiscatory  taxation,
nationalization,  political,  economic or social  instability  or other  similar
developments,  such as military coups,  have occurred in the past and could also
adversely affect the Portfolio's investments in this region.

         Certain Latin American  countries such as Argentina,  Brazil and Mexico
are  among  the  world's  largest  debtors  to  commercial   banks  and  foreign
governments.  At times, certain Latin American countries have declared moratoria
on the payment of principal and/or interest on outstanding  debt.  Investment in
sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk.

         In recent years, there have been significant improvements in some Latin
American  economies;  however,  others continue to experience economic problems,
including high inflation rates and high interest  rates.  The emergence of Latin
American  economies  and  securities  markets will  require  economic and fiscal
discipline, as well as stable political and social conditions. Recovery may also
be influenced by international  economic  conditions,  particularly those in the
United States, by world prices for oil and other commodities,  and international
trade agreements such as the North American Free Trade Agreement.  Because Latin
American  securities  generally are denominated and pay dividends or interest in
currencies of Latin American countries,  and the Portfolio holds various foreign
currencies  from time to time,  the value of the net assets of the  Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange  rates,  the  Portfolio is  authorized  to enter into  certain  foreign
currency exchange transactions.

         Latin American Equity  Portfolio  invests in securities  denominated in
currencies of Latin  American  countries.  Accordingly,  changes in the value of
these currencies against the U.S. dollar will result in corresponding changes in
the U.S. dollar value of the Portfolio's assets denominated in those currencies.
Criteria for  determining  the  appropriate  distribution  of investments  among
various  countries and regions  include the prospects for relative  growth among
the countries,  expected levels of inflation,  government  policies  influencing
business  conditions,  the outlook for currency  relationships  and the range of
alternative  opportunities available to international  investors.  The Portfolio
seeks to benefit from economic and other developments in Latin America.


                                       8

<PAGE>



         Some Latin American countries also may have managed  currencies,  which
are not free floating against the U.S. dollar.  In addition,  there is risk that
certain  Latin  American  countries  may restrict the free  conversion  of their
currencies into other currencies. Further, certain Latin American currencies may
not be  internationally  traded.  Certain of these currencies have experienced a
steep  devaluation  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar.  Any  devaluations  in  the
currencies  in which  the  Portfolio's  securities  are  denominated  may have a
detrimental impact on the Fund's net asset value.

         The  economies  of  individual  Latin  American  countries  may  differ
favorably or unfavorably  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as the rate of
growth of gross domestic product, the rate of inflation,  capital  reinvestment,
resource  self-sufficiency  and  balance of  payments  position.  Certain  Latin
American  countries have  experienced  high levels of inflation which can have a
debilitating effect on an economy. Furthermore, certain Latin American countries
may impose  withholding  taxes on dividends payable to the Portfolio at a higher
rate than those imposed by other foreign  countries.  This may reduce the Fund's
investment income available for distribution to shareholders.

         Certain Latin American  countries such as Argentina,  Brazil and Mexico
are  among  the  world's  largest  debtors  to  commercial   banks  and  foreign
governments.  At times, certain Latin American countries have declared moratoria
on the payment of principal and/or interest on outstanding  debt.  Investment in
sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The  governmental  entity that
controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the
principal  and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A
governmental entity's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due
in a timely  manner may be  affected  by,  among  other  factors,  its cash flow
situation,  the extent of its foreign  reserves,  the availability of sufficient
foreign  exchange on the date a payment is due,  the  relative  size of the debt
service  burden to the  economy as a whole,  the  governmental  entity's  policy
towards the International  Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which
a  governmental  entity  may be  subject.  Governmental  entities  may  also  be
dependent  on expected  disbursements  from  foreign  governments,  multilateral
agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest  arrearages on their
debt.  The commitment on the part of these  governments,  agencies and others to
make  such   disbursements  may  be  conditioned  on  a  governmental   entity's
implementation  of economic  reforms and/or economic  performance and the timely
service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve
such levels of economic  performance or repay principal or interest when due may
result in the  cancellation of such third parties'  commitments to lend funds to
the  governmental  entity,  which may further  impair such  debtor's  ability or
willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently,  governmental
entities may default on their sovereign debt.

         Holders of sovereign debt, including the Portfolio, may be requested to
participate  in the  rescheduling  of such debt and to extend  further  loans to
governmental  entities.  There is no bankruptcy  proceeding  by which  defaulted
sovereign debt may be collected in whole or in part.

         Latin  America  is a  region  rich in  natural  resources  such as oil,
copper, tin, silver, iron ore, forestry, fishing, livestock and agriculture. The
region

                                       9

<PAGE>



has a large  population  (roughly 300  million)  representing  a large  domestic
market.  Economic  growth  was  strong in the  1960's  and  1970's,  but  slowed
dramatically  (and in some  instances was negative) in the 1980's as a result of
poor economic policies,  higher international  interest rates, and the denial of
access to new foreign capital. Although a number of Latin American countries are
currently  experiencing lower rates of inflation and higher rates of real growth
in Gross  Domestic  Product  than they have in the past,  other  Latin  American
countries continue to experience significant problems,  including high inflation
rates and high interest  rates.  Capital flight has proven a persistent  problem
and  external  debt has  been  forcibly  rescheduled.  Political  turmoil,  high
inflation,  capital  repatriation  restrictions and nationalization have further
exacerbated conditions.

         Large  budget  deficits  and a high  level of state  ownership  in many
productive   and  service   areas  have  given  way  to  balanced   budgets  and
privatization  in Mexico,  Brazil,  Chile and  Argentina.  Changes in  political
leadership  have  encouraged  the  implementation  of market  oriented  economic
policies  such as balanced  budgets.  Privatization  trade  reform and  monetary
reform have been among the steps taken to modernize the Latin American economies
and to  regenerate  growth in the  region.  However,  governments  of many Latin
American countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence
over many aspects of the private sector through the ownership or control of many
companies,  including  some of the  largest  in those  countries.  As a  result,
government  actions in the future  could have a  significant  effect on economic
conditions  which may adversely affect prices of certain  portfolio  securities.
Expropriation,  confiscatory taxation,  nationalization,  political, economic or
social  instability or other similar  developments,  such a military coups, have
occurred in the past and could also adversely affect the Portfolio's investments
in this region.

         Changes in political leadership,  the implementation of market oriented
economic policies,  such as privatization,  trade reform and fiscal and monetary
reform are among the recent steps taken to renew economic growth.  External debt
is being  restructured  and flight capital  (domestic  capital that has left the
home  country)  has begun to return.  Inflation  control  efforts have also been
implemented.  Free Trade Zones are being  discussed in various  areas around the
region,  the most notable  being a free trade zone  between  Mexico and the U.S.
Various  trade  agreements  have also been formed  within the region such as the
Andean Pact,  Mercosur and North  American  Free Trade  Agreement  (NAFTA).  The
largest of these is NAFTA,  which was  implemented  on  January  1, 1994.  Latin
American  equity  markets can be  extremely  volatile and in the past have shown
little correlation with the U.S. market. Currencies are typically weak, but most
are now relatively  free  floating,  and it is not unusual for the currencies to
undergo wide  fluctuations in value over short periods of time due to changes in
the market.

         FOREIGN  SECURITIES:  SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS  CONCERNING  THE  PACIFIC
BASIN.  Many  Asian  countries  may be  subject  to a greater  degree of social,
political  and economic  instability  than is the case in the United  States and
European   countries.   Such  instability  may  result  from  (i)  authoritarian
governments or military  involvement in political and economic  decision-making;
(ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and
social

                                       10

<PAGE>



conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring
countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

         The economies of most of the Asian countries are heavily dependent upon
international  trade and are accordingly  affected by protective  trade barriers
and the economic conditions of their trading partners,  principally,  the United
States,  Japan,  China and the European  Community.  The enactment by the United
States or other principal trading partners of protectionist  trade  legislation,
reduction of foreign  investment in the local economies and general  declines in
the  international  securities  markets could have a significant  adverse effect
upon the securities markets of the Asian countries.

         Thailand has been  transformed  into one of the fastest  growing  stock
markets in the world.  On February 23, 1991,  the military  staged its 17th coup
since the  overthrow  of the  absolute  monarchy  in 1932.  The newly  appointed
government  quickly  focused on the  economy and  enacted  major tax  revisions,
slashing personal income tax and reducing taxes on imports.  Most significantly,
it pushed through a 7% value added tax. Released from political consideration by
the  coup,  the Bank of  Thailand  was  finally  able to  implement  a  monetary
tightening.  As a result,  interest rates rose and GDP declined to 7.7% from 10%
the previous year.  The  government  continues to move ahead with new projects -
especially  telecommunications,  roads and port facilities - needed to refurbish
the country's overtaxed  infrastructure.  Nonetheless,  political unrest coupled
with the shooting of  anti-government  demonstrators in May 1992 has caused many
international businesses to question Thailand's political stability.

         Hong  Kong's  impending  return  to  Chinese  dominion  in 1997 has not
initially had a positive effect on its economic growth which was vigorous in the
1980's.  However,  authorities  in Beijing  have agreed to maintain a capitalist
system for 50 years that, along with Hong Kong's economic  growth,  continued to
further strong stock market  returns.  In preparation for 1997, Hong Kong has to
develop trade with China,  where it is the largest foreign investor,  while also
maintaining  its  longstanding  export  relationship  with  the  United  States.
Spending  on  infrastructure  improvements  is a  significant  priority  of  the
colonial government while the private sector continues to diversify abroad based
on its position as an established international trade center in the Far East.

         In terms of GDP,  industrial  standards and level of  education,  South
Korea is second only to Japan in Asia.  It enjoys the benefits of a  diversified
economy with well developed  sectors in  electronics,  automotive,  textiles and
shoe  manufacturing,  steel and  shipbuilding  among  others.  The driving force
behind the  economy's  dynamic  growth has been the  planned  development  of an
export-oriented economy in a vigorously  entrepreneurial  society. Real GDP grew
about 7.5% in 1991. Labor unrest was noticeably calmer,  unemployment averaged a
low of 2.3%, and investment was strong.  Inflation rates, however, are beginning
to challenge  South  Korea's  strong  economic  performance.  In  addition,  the
international situation between South and North Korea continues to improve. Both
Koreas joined the United Nations separately in late 1991, creating another forum
for negotiation and joint cooperation.

         Indonesia  is a mixed  economy  with many  socialist  institutions  and
central planning, but has recently placed emphasis on deregulation and private

                                       11

<PAGE>



enterprise.  Like Thailand,  Indonesia has extensive natural wealth,  yet with a
large  and  rapidly  increasingly   population,   it  remains  a  poor  country.
Agriculture,  including forestry and fishing, is an important sector, accounting
for 21% of GDP and over 50% of the labor  force.  Once the world's  largest rice
importer, Indonesia is now nearly self-sufficient.

         The Malaysian economy continued to perform well,  growing at an average
annual rate of 9% from 1987  through  1991.  This placed  Malaysia as one of the
fastest growing economies in the Asian-Pacific  region.  Malaysia has become the
world's third-largest producer of semiconductor devices (after the US and Japan)
and the world's largest  exporter of semiconductor  devices.  More remarkable is
the country's  ability to achieve  rapid  economic  growth with  relative  price
stability (2%  inflation  over the past five years) as the  government  followed
prudent fiscal/monetary policies. Malaysia's high export dependence level leaves
it vulnerable to a recession in the OECD countries or a fall in world  commodity
prices.

         Singapore has an open  entrepreneurial  economy with strong service and
manufacturing sectors and excellent international trading links derived from its
entrepot  history.  During the 1970's and early  1980's,  the  economy  expanded
rapidly,  achieving an average annual growth rate of 9%. Per capita GDP is among
the  highest in Asia.  Singapore  holds a position as a major oil  refining  and
services center.

         FOREIGN SECURITIES:  SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS  CONCERNING CHINA AND CHINA
REGION. China's economic reform plan was designed to bring in foreign investment
capital  and  technological  skills.  The result has been a move  towards a more
mixed economy away from the previous  centrally planned economy.  The process of
devolving  responsibility  for all aspects of enterprise to local management and
authorities  continues,  even  though  the  system  of  socialism  with  Chinese
characteristics  involves  considerable  influence by the central  government on
production and marketing.

         In order to attract foreign investment, China has since 1978 designated
certain  areas of the country  where  overseas  investors  can  receive  special
investment incentives and tax concessions. There are five Special Economic Zones
(Shenzhen,  Shantou and Zhuhai in Guangdong Province,  Xiamen in Fujian Province
and Hainan  Island,  which itself is a province).  Fourteen  coastal cities have
been  designated  as "open  cities" and certain  Open  Economic  Zones have been
established  in coastal  areas.  Shanghai has  established  the Pudong New Area.
Twenty-seven  High and New  Technology  Industrial  Development  Zones have been
approved  where  preferential  treatment  is  given  to  enterprises  which  are
confirmed as technology intensive.

         China has had for many  centuries a well deserved  reputation for being
closed to  foreigners,  with trade with the outside world being carried on under
terms of extreme  restriction  and under central  control.  Such conditions were
maintained  in the first  thirty  years of the  Communist  regime which began in
1949; however there have been several stages of evolution,  from the institution
of  an  industrialization  program  in  the  1950s  to  a  modernization  policy
commencing in 1978 which combined  economic  development  with the beginnings of
opening the country.

                                       12

<PAGE>




         The securities  markets in the China Region are substantially  smaller,
less liquid and more  volatile than the major  securities  markets in the United
States. A high proportion of the shares of many Chinese issuers may be held by a
limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number
of shares  available for  investment  by the  Portfolio.  Similarly,  volume and
liquidity in the bond  markets in China are less than in the United  States and,
at times,  price  volatility can be greater than in the United States. A limited
number  of   issuers   in   Chinese   securities   markets   may   represent   a
disproportionately  large percentage of market capitalization and trading value.
The  limited  liquidity  of  securities  markets  in China may also  affect  the
Portfolio's ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it
wishes to do so. Accordingly,  during periods of rising securities prices in the
more illiquid Chinese securities markets, the Portfolio's ability to participate
fully in such  price  increases  may be  limited  by its  investment  policy  of
investing  not  more  than  15%  of  its  net  assets  in  illiquid  securities.
Conversely, the Portfolio's inability to dispose fully and promptly of positions
in declining  markets will cause the  Portfolio's  net asset value to decline as
the value of the unsold  positions is marked to lower prices.  In addition,  the
Chinese  securities  markets  are  susceptible  to  being  influenced  by  large
investors trading significant blocks of securities.

         The Chinese, Hong Kong and Taiwan stock markets are undergoing a period
of growth and change which may result in trading  volatility and difficulties in
the settlement and recording of  transactions,  and in interpreting and applying
the relevant law and regulations.

         China  governmental  actions  can  have  a  significant  effect  on the
economic  conditions  in  China,  which  could  adversely  affect  the value and
liquidity of the Portfolio's  investments.  Although the Chinese  Government has
recently begun to institute economic reform policies, there can be no assurances
that it will continue to pursue such policies or, if it does, that such policies
will succeed.

         The securities  industry in China is not well  developed.  China has no
securities   laws  of  nationwide   applicability.   The  municipal   securities
regulations adopted by Shanghai and Shenzhen municipalities are very new, as are
their respective securities exchanges and other  self-regulatory  organizations.
In addition,  Chinese  stockbrokers and other  intermediaries may not perform as
well as their  counterparts  in the  United  States  and  other  more  developed
securities  markets.  The prices at which the Portfolio may acquire  investments
may be affected by trading by persons with material  non-public  information and
by securities  transactions  by brokers in  anticipation  of transactions by the
Portfolio in particular securities.

         China  does  not  have  a  comprehensive   system  of  laws,   although
substantial  changes have occurred in this regard in recent years. The corporate
form of  organization  has only  recently  been  permitted in China and national
regulations  governing  corporations were introduced only in May, 1992. Prior to
the  introduction of such  regulations,  Shanghai had adopted a set of corporate
regulations  applicable to corporations  located or listed in Shanghai,  and the
relationship  between the two sets of  regulations  is not clear.  Consequently,
until a firmer  legal basis is provided,  even such  fundamental  corporate  law
tenets as the limited liability status of Chinese issuers and their authority to

                                       13

<PAGE>



issue  shares  remain  open to  question.  Laws  regarding  fiduciary  duties of
officers  and  directors  and  the  protection  of  shareholders  are  not  well
developed.  China's judiciary is relatively  inexperienced in enforcing the laws
that  exist,  leading to a higher  than usual  degree of  uncertainty  as to the
outcome of any  litigation.  Even where adequate law exists in China,  it may be
impossible to obtain swift and equitable  enforcement  of such law, or to obtain
enforcement of the judgement by a court of another jurisdiction.  The bankruptcy
laws  pertaining to state  enterprises  have rarely been used and are untried in
regard to an enterprise with foreign shareholders, and there can be no assurance
that such  shareholders,  including the Portfolio,  would be able to realize the
value  of the  assets  of the  enterprise  or  receive  payment  in  convertible
currency.  As the Chinese legal system  develops,  the promulgation of new laws,
changes to existing  laws and the  preemption of local laws by national laws may
adversely affect foreign investors,  including the Portfolio.  The uncertainties
faced by foreign  investors in China are exacerbated by the fact that many laws,
regulations  and  decrees  of  China  are not  publicly  available,  but  merely
circulated internally.

         Exports continue to rise strongly, although China remains vulnerable to
United  States  economic  conditions  and possible  trade  sanctions,  unless it
liberalizes  current import  restrictions  and improves its human rights record.
However,  imports are also expected to rise and may outstrip exports in terms of
growth rates.

         There are currently two officially  recognized  securities exchanges in
China -- The Shanghai  Securities Exchange which opened in December 1990 and The
Shenzhen  Stock  Exchange  which  opened in July  1991.  Shares  traded on these
Exchanges  are two  types -- "A"  shares  which can be  traded  only by  Chinese
investors  and  "B"  shares  which  can  be  traded  only  by  individuals   and
corporations not resident in China.

         In  Shanghai,  all "B"  Shares  are  denominated  in  Chinese  renminbi
("RMB"), but all transactions in "B" shares must be settled in U.S. dollars, and
all distributions  made on "B" shares are payable in U.S. dollars,  the exchange
rate being the weighted  average  exchange rate for the U.S. dollar as published
by the Shanghai Foreign Exchange Adjustment Centre.

         In Shenzhen,  the purchase and sale prices for "B" shares are quoted in
Hong Kong dollars.  Dividends and other lawful  revenue  derived from "B" shares
are  calculated  in RMB but payable in Hong Kong  dollars,  the rate of exchange
being the average rate published by Shenzhen Foreign Exchange Adjustment Centre.

         There are no foreign exchange restrictions on the repatriation of gains
made on or income  derived  from "B"  Shares,  subject  to the  payment of taxes
imposed by China thereon.

         Company law  relating to  companies  limited by shares and  regulations
regarding  the  issuing  of shares by equity  joint  ventures  have not yet been
developed on a national basis. The Shenzhen  municipality  issued regulations in
1992  relating to joint stock  companies,  and the Shanghai  municipality  has a
draft joint stock company law under review. Regulations governing the trading of
securities  on both the  Shenzhen  and the Shanghai  stock  exchanges  have been
issued by each municipality; there is no national securities legislation as yet.

                                       14

<PAGE>




         Economies  of  countries  in the China  Region may differ  favorably or
unfavorably  from the U.S.  economy in such  respects as rate of growth of gross
national   product,   rate  of   inflation,   capital   reinvestment,   resource
self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. As an export-driven  economy,
the  economy  of China is  affected  by  developments  in the  economies  of its
principal  trading  partners.  Revocation  by the United States of China's "Most
Favored Nation" trading status, which the U.S. President and Congress reconsider
annually, would adversely affect the trade and economic development of China and
Hong Kong.  Hong Kong and Taiwan have limited  natural  resources,  resulting in
dependence   on  foreign   sources  for  certain  raw   materials  and  economic
vulnerability to global fluctuations of price and supply.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS

         GENERAL.  The  successful  use  of  such  instruments  draws  upon  the
Adviser's  skill and  experience  with respect to such  instruments  and usually
depends on the Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange
rate  movements  correctly.  Should  interest  or  exchange  rates  move  in  an
unexpected  manner,  a Portfolio  may not achieve  the  anticipated  benefits of
futures contracts or options on futures contracts or may realize losses and thus
will be in a worse  position  than if such  strategies  had not  been  used.  In
addition, the correlation between movements in the price of futures contracts or
options on futures  contracts and movements in the price of the  securities  and
currencies  hedged  or used for cover  will not be  perfect  and  could  produce
unanticipated losses.

         Successful use of the futures  contract and related options are subject
to special risk  considerations.  A liquid  secondary  market for any futures or
options  contract  may not be  available  when a futures or options  position is
sought to be closed. In addition,  there may be an imperfect correlation between
movements in the  securities  or currency in the  Portfolio.  Successful  use of
futures or options contracts are further dependent on Bankers Trust's ability to
correctly predict movements in the securities or foreign currency markets and no
assurance can be given that its  judgement  will be correct.  Successful  use of
options  on   securities   or  stock   indices  are  subject  to  similar   risk
considerations.  In addition,  by writing  covered call  options,  the Portfolio
gives up the  opportunity,  while the  option is in effect,  to profit  from any
price increase in the underlying securities above the options exercise price.

         FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  A  Portfolio  may  enter  into  contracts  for the
purchase  or sale  for  future  delivery  of  fixed-income  securities,  foreign
currencies,  or contracts based on financial indices including any index of U.S.
Government   securities,   foreign  government   securities  or  corporate  debt
securities.  U.S.  futures  contracts have been designed by exchanges which have
been designated  "contracts markets" by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission
("CFTC"),  and must be  executed  through  a  futures  commission  merchant,  or
brokerage  firm,  which is a member of the  relevant  contract  market.  Futures
contracts  trade on a number of exchange  markets,  and,  through their clearing
corporations,  the exchanges  guarantee  performance of the contracts as between
the  clearing  members of the  exchange.  A  Portfolio  may enter  into  futures
contracts  which are based on debt  securities that are backed by the full faith
and  credit of the U.S.  Government,  such as  long-term  U.S.  Treasury  Bonds,
Treasury  Notes,  GNMA  modified  pass-through  mortgage-backed  securities  and
three-month U.S. Treasury Bills. A Portfolio may

                                       15

<PAGE>



also enter into futures contracts which are based on bonds issued by entities
other than the U.S. Government.

         At the same time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Portfolio
must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial deposit"). It is
expected  that the  initial  deposit  would be  approximately  1 1/2% to 5% of a
contract's face value. Daily thereafter,  the futures contract is valued and the
payment of  "variation  margin" may be  required,  since each day the  Portfolio
would  provide or receive  cash that  reflects  any  decline or  increase in the
contract's value.

         At the time of  delivery  of  securities  pursuant  to such a contract,
adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery
of  securities  with a  different  interest  rate  from  that  specified  in the
contract.  In some  (but not many)  cases,  securities  called  for by a futures
contract may not have been issued when the contract was written.

         Although futures  contracts by their terms call for the actual delivery
or  acquisition  of  securities,  in most cases the  contractual  obligation  is
fulfilled  before  the  date  of the  contract  without  having  to make or take
delivery of the  securities.  The  offsetting  of a  contractual  obligation  is
accomplished  by  buying  (or  selling,  as the  case  may be) on a  commodities
exchange an identical  futures  contract calling for delivery in the same month.
Such a transaction,  which is effected through a member of an exchange,  cancels
the  obligation  to  make  or  take  delivery  of  the  securities.   Since  all
transactions  in the  futures  market are made,  offset or  fulfilled  through a
clearinghouse  associated  with the exchange on which the  contracts are traded,
the  Portfolio  will incur  brokerage  fees when it purchases  or sells  futures
contracts.

         The purpose of the  acquisition or sale of a futures  contract,  in the
case of a Portfolio which holds or intends to acquire  fixed-income  securities,
is to attempt to protect the Portfolio from  fluctuations in interest or foreign
exchange rates without  actually  buying or selling  fixed-income  securities or
foreign  currencies.  For example,  if interest rates were expected to increase,
the  Portfolio  might  enter  into  futures  contracts  for  the  sale  of  debt
securities. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent
value of the debt  securities  owned by the  Portfolio.  If  interest  rates did
increase, the value of the debt security in the Portfolio would decline, but the
value of the futures  contracts to the Portfolio would increase at approximately
the same  rate,  thereby  keeping  the net  asset  value of the  Portfolio  from
declining as much as it otherwise  would have.  The Portfolio  could  accomplish
similar  results by selling debt  securities  and  investing in bonds with short
maturities  when  interest  rates are expected to increase.  However,  since the
futures market is more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts
as an investment technique allows the Portfolio to maintain a defensive position
without having to sell its portfolio securities.

         Similarly, when it is expected that interest rates may decline, futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated  purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities,  a Portfolio could take
advantage of the anticipated rise in the value of debt securities without

                                       16

<PAGE>



actually buying them until the market had stabilized.  At that time, the futures
contracts  could be liquidated and the Portfolio  could then buy debt securities
on the cash market.  To the extent a Portfolio enters into futures contracts for
this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover the
Portfolio's  obligations with respect to such futures  contracts will consist of
cash, cash equivalents or high quality liquid debt securities from its portfolio
in an amount equal to the  difference  between the  fluctuating  market value of
such futures  contracts  and the  aggregate  value of the initial and  variation
margin payments made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.

         The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures market, due
to  differences  in the nature of those  markets,  are  subject to  distortions.
First, all participants in the futures market are subject to initial deposit and
variation margin  requirements.  Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements,   investors  may  close  futures  contracts   through   offsetting
transactions  which could distort the normal  relationship  between the cash and
futures  markets.  Second,  the  liquidity  of the  futures  market  depends  on
participants entering into offsetting  transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery,  liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing  distortion.  Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less  onerous  than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market.
Therefore,  increased  participation  by  speculators  in the futures market may
cause  temporary  price  distortions.  Due to the  possibility of distortion,  a
correct  forecast of general  interest  rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

         In  addition,  futures  contracts  entail  risks.  Although the Adviser
believes  that  use of  such  contracts  will  benefit  the  Portfolios,  if the
Adviser's  investment  judgment about the general direction of interest rates is
incorrect,  a Portfolio's overall performance would be poorer than if it had not
entered into any such contract.  For example,  if a Portfolio has hedged against
the  possibility of an increase in interest rates which would  adversely  affect
the price of debt  securities  held in its portfolio and interest rates decrease
instead,  the  Portfolio  will lose part or all of the benefit of the  increased
value of its debt securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting
losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Portfolio
has insufficient cash, it may have to sell debt securities from its portfolio to
meet daily variation margin  requirements.  Such sales of bonds may be, but will
not  necessarily  be, at increased  prices which  reflect the rising  market.  A
Portfolio may have to sell  securities at a time when it may be  disadvantageous
to do so.

         OPTIONS ON FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each  Portfolio  may purchase and write
options on futures contracts for hedging purposes. The purchase of a call option
on a futures  contract  is similar in some  respects  to the  purchase of a call
option  on an  individual  security.  Depending  on the  pricing  of the  option
compared to either the price of the futures  contract  upon which it is based or
the price of the  underlying  debt  securities,  it may or may not be less risky
than ownership of the futures  contract or underlying debt  securities.  As with
the purchase of futures contracts, when a Portfolio is not fully invested it may

                                       17

<PAGE>



purchase a call option on a futures  contract to hedge against a market  advance
due to declining interest rates.

         The  writing  of a call  option on a  futures  contract  constitutes  a
partial hedge against declining prices of the security or foreign currency which
is deliverable  upon exercise of the futures  contract.  If the futures price at
expiration of the option is below the exercise  price,  a Portfolio  will retain
the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any
decline  that may have  occurred  in the  Portfolio's  portfolio  holdings.  The
writing  of a put  option  on a futures  contract  constitutes  a partial  hedge
against  increasing  prices  of  the  security  or  foreign  currency  which  is
deliverable  upon  exercise of the  futures  contract.  If the futures  price at
expiration of the option is higher than the exercise  price,  the Portfolio will
retain the full  amount of the option  premium  which  provides a partial  hedge
against any increase in the price of securities  which the Portfolio  intends to
purchase.  If a put or call option the Portfolio  has written is exercised,  the
Portfolio  will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the  premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio  securities and changes in the value of its futures  positions,
the  Portfolio's  losses from existing  options on futures may to some extent be
reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

         The  purchase of a put option on a futures  contract is similar in some
respects to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities.  For
example,  a Portfolio  may purchase a put option on a futures  contract to hedge
its portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

         The amount of risk a Portfolio assumes when it purchases an option on a
futures  contract is the premium  paid for the option plus  related  transaction
costs. In addition to the correlation  risks discussed above, the purchase of an
option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

         The Board of Trustees  of each  Portfolio  has adopted the  requirement
that futures  contracts and options on futures contracts be used only as a hedge
and not for speculation. In addition to this requirement,  the Board of Trustees
of each  Portfolio  has also adopted a restriction  that the Portfolio  will not
enter into any futures  contracts or options on futures contracts if immediately
thereafter  the amount of margin  deposits on all the futures  contracts  of the
Portfolio and premiums paid on outstanding options on futures contracts owned by
the  Portfolio  would  exceed 5% of the market  value of the total assets of the
Portfolio.

         OPTIONS ON FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.  Each  Portfolio may purchase and write
options on foreign  currencies for hedging  purposes in a manner similar to that
in which futures contracts on foreign currencies,  or forward contracts, will be
utilized.  For example,  a decline in the dollar value of a foreign  currency in
which portfolio  securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of such
securities,  even if their value in the foreign  currency remains  constant.  In
order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio  securities,
the Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency.  If the value of
the currency does decline, a Portfolio will have the right to sell such currency

                                       18

<PAGE>



for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset,  in whole or in part, the
adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have resulted.

         Conversely,  where a rise in the dollar  value of a  currency  in which
securities to be acquired are denominated is projected,  thereby  increasing the
cost of such securities,  the Portfolio may purchase call options  thereon.  The
purchase of such options could offset,  at least  partially,  the effects of the
adverse  movements in exchange  rates. As in the case of other types of options,
however,  the  benefit  to the  Portfolio  deriving  from  purchases  of foreign
currency  options  will be  reduced  by the amount of the  premium  and  related
transaction costs. In addition, where currency exchange rates do not move in the
direction or to the extent  anticipated,  the Portfolio  could sustain losses on
transactions  in foreign  currency  options  which would  require it to forego a
portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

         Each  Portfolio  may write options on foreign  currencies  for the same
types of hedging purposes.  For example, where a Portfolio anticipates a decline
in the dollar value of foreign  currency  denominated  securities due to adverse
fluctuations  in exchange  rates it could,  instead of  purchasing a put option,
write a call option on the relevant  currency.  If the expected  decline occurs,
the options will most likely not be  exercised,  and the  diminution in value of
portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.

         Similarly,  instead of  purchasing  a call  option to hedge  against an
anticipated  increase  in the dollar  cost of  securities  to be  acquired,  the
Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move
in the manner  projected,  will expire  unexercised  and allow the  Portfolio to
hedge such  increased  cost up to the amount of the  premium.  As in the case of
other types of options,  however,  the writing of a foreign currency option will
constitute  only a partial  hedge up to the amount of the  premium,  and only if
rates move in the expected direction.  If this does not occur, the option may be
exercised and the Portfolio would be required to purchase or sell the underlying
currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through
the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Portfolio also may be required
to forego all or a portion  of the  benefits  which  might  otherwise  have been
obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

         Each  Portfolio  intends  to write  covered  call  options  on  foreign
currencies.  A call  option  written on a foreign  currency  by a  Portfolio  is
"covered" if the Portfolio owns the underlying  foreign  currency covered by the
call or has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that foreign  currency
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its Custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
foreign  currency  held in its  portfolio.  A call option is also covered if the
Portfolio  has a call on the same  foreign  currency  and in the same  principal
amount  as the call  written  where the  exercise  price of the call held (a) is
equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call written or (b) is greater
than the exercise  price of the call written if the  difference is maintained by
the Portfolio in cash, U.S. Government  securities and other high quality liquid
debt securities in a segregated account with its custodian.


                                       19

<PAGE>



         Each Portfolio also intends to write call options on foreign currencies
that are not  covered  for  cross-hedging  purposes.  A call option on a foreign
currency is for cross-hedging  purposes if it is not covered, but is designed to
provide a hedge against a decline in the U.S.  dollar value of a security  which
the Portfolio  owns or has the right to acquire and which is  denominated in the
currency underlying the option due to an adverse change in the exchange rate. In
such circumstances,  the Portfolio collateralizes the option by maintaining in a
segregated  account with its custodian,  cash or U.S.  Government  securities or
other high quality  liquid debt  securities in an amount not less than the value
of the underlying foreign currency in U.S. dollars marked to market daily.

         ADDITIONAL RISKS OF OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS, FORWARD CONTRACTS AND
OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES.  Unlike transactions  entered into by a Portfolio
in futures  contracts,  options on foreign  currencies and forward contracts are
not traded on contract  markets  regulated by the CFTC or (with the exception of
certain foreign currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary,  such instruments
are traded through  financial  institutions  acting as  market-makers,  although
foreign  currency  options  are  also  traded  on  certain  national  securities
exchanges such as the Philadelphia  Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options
Exchange,  subject to SEC  regulation.  Similarly,  options on currencies may be
traded over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the
protections  afforded  to  exchange  participants  will  not be  available.  For
example,  there  are no daily  price  fluctuation  limits,  and  adverse  market
movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.
Although  the  purchaser  of an option  cannot  lose more than the amount of the
premium  plus  related  transaction  costs,  this entire  amount  could be lost.
Moreover, the option writer and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts
substantially  in excess of their  initial  investments,  due to the  margin and
collateral requirements associated with such positions.

         Options on foreign currencies traded on national  securities  exchanges
are within the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other  securities  traded on such
exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized
exchanges  will be available with respect to such  transactions.  In particular,
all foreign  currency  option  positions  entered into on a national  securities
exchange are cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC"),
thereby reducing the risk of counterparty  default.  Further, a liquid secondary
market in options traded on a national  securities  exchange may be more readily
available  than  in  the  over-the-counter  market,   potentially  permitting  a
Portfolio  to  liquidate  open  positions  at a  profit  prior  to  exercise  or
expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

         The  purchase and sale of  exchange-traded  foreign  currency  options,
however,  is  subject  to the risks of the  availability  of a liquid  secondary
market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements,
margining  of  options  written,  the  nature of the  foreign  currency  market,
possible  intervention  by  governmental  authorities  and the  effects of other
political and economic events. In addition,  exchange-traded  options on foreign
currencies involve certain risks not presented by the  over-the-counter  market.
For example,  exercise and  settlement of such options must be made  exclusively
through the OCC,  which has  established  banking  relationships  in  applicable
foreign countries for this purpose.  As a result,  the OCC may, if it determines
that foreign

                                       20

<PAGE>



governmental  restrictions  or taxes would  prevent the  orderly  settlement  of
foreign currency option  exercises,  or would result in undue burdens on the OCC
or its clearing  member,  impose special  procedures on exercise and settlement,
such as technical  changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency,  the fixing
of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

         As in the  case  of  forward  contracts,  certain  options  on  foreign
currencies are traded  over-the-counter  and involve  liquidity and credit risks
which may not be  present in the case of  exchange-traded  currency  options.  A
Portfolio's ability to terminate  over-the-counter  options will be more limited
than with  exchange-traded  options.  It is also  possible  that  broker-dealers
participating in  over-the-counter  options  transactions will not fulfill their
obligations.  Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, each
Portfolio will treat purchased over-the-counter options and assets used to cover
written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. With respect to options
written  with  primary  dealers in U.S.  Government  securities  pursuant  to an
agreement  requiring a closing  purchase  transaction  at a formula  price,  the
amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase
formula.

         In addition, futures contracts,  options on futures contracts,  forward
contracts and options on foreign  currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges.
Such  transactions  are subject to the risk of  governmental  actions  affecting
trading in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities.  The value of such
positions  also  could be  adversely  affected  by:  (i) other  complex  foreign
political  and economic  factors;  (ii) lesser  availability  than in the United
States  of  data on  which  to  make  trading  decisions;  (iii)  delays  in the
Portfolio's  ability to act upon economic  events  occurring in foreign  markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States;  (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

         OPTIONS ON SECURITIES. Each Portfolio may write (sell) covered call and
put options to a limited extent on its portfolio  securities ("covered options")
in an attempt to increase income.  However, the Portfolio may forgo the benefits
of  appreciation  on  securities  sold or may pay more than the market  price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Portfolio.

         When a Portfolio  writes a covered call option,  it gives the purchaser
of the option the right to buy the underlying security at the price specified in
the option (the  "exercise  price") by exercising  the option at any time during
the option period. If the option expires unexercised, the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised,  a decision  over which the  Portfolio has no control,  the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes,  in exchange for
the premium less the  commission  ("net  premium"),  the  opportunity  to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the  underlying
security above the exercise price.

         When a Portfolio writes a covered put option, it gives the purchaser of
the option the right to sell the  underlying  security to the  Portfolio  at the
specified exercise price at any time during the option period. If the option

                                       21

<PAGE>



expires  unexercised,  the  Portfolio  will realize  income in the amount of the
premium  received  for  writing the option.  If the put option is  exercised,  a
decision over which the Portfolio  has no control,  the Portfolio  must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option,  the Portfolio,  in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts  the risk of a decline in the market  value of the  underlying  security
below the exercise  price.  The Portfolio will only write put options  involving
securities for which a  determination  is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

         A Portfolio may terminate its obligation as the writer of a call or put
option by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration  date
as the option previously written. This transaction is called a "closing purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction  if the amount paid to  purchase  an option is less or more,  as the
case may be,  than the amount  received  from the sale  thereof.  To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option,  the  Portfolio,  may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves  liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option  previously  purchased.  Where  the  Portfolio  cannot  effect a  closing
purchase transaction,  it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

         When a Portfolio  writes an option,  an amount equal to the net premium
received  by  the  Portfolio  is  included  in  the  liability  section  of  the
Portfolio's Statement of Assets and Liabilities as a deferred credit. The amount
of the  deferred  credit  will be  subsequently  marked to market to reflect the
current market value of the option written. The current market value of a traded
option is the last sale price or, in the absence of a sale, the mean between the
closing bid and asked price.  If an option expires on its stipulated  expiration
date  or if the  Portfolio  enters  into a  closing  purchase  transaction,  the
Portfolio  will  realize  a gain  (or  loss if the  cost of a  closing  purchase
transaction  exceeds the  premium  received  when the option was sold),  and the
deferred  credit related to such option will be eliminated.  If a call option is
exercised,  the  Portfolio  will  realize  a gain or loss  from  the sale of the
underlying  security  and the  proceeds  of the sale  will be  increased  by the
premium originally  received.  The writing of covered call options may be deemed
to  involve  the  pledge of the  securities  against  which the  option is being
written. Securities against which call options are written will be segregated on
the books of the custodian for the Portfolio.

         A Portfolio  may  purchase  call and put options on any  securities  in
which it may invest.  The  Portfolio  would  normally  purchase a call option in
anticipation of an increase in the market value of such securities. The purchase
of a call option would entitle the Portfolio,  in exchange for the premium paid,
to  purchase a security  at a  specified  price  during the option  period.  The
Portfolio would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities  increased
above the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and would have a loss
if the value of the  securities  remained at or below the exercise  price during
the option period.


                                       22

<PAGE>



         A Portfolio  would normally  purchase put options in  anticipation of a
decline in the market value of securities in its portfolio  ("protective  puts")
or securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest.  The purchase of a
put option would  entitle the  Portfolio,  in exchange for the premium  paid, to
sell a security, which may or may not be held in the Portfolio's portfolio, at a
specified  price during the option  period.  The purchase of protective  puts is
designed  merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's  portfolio  securities.  Put options  also may be  purchased  by the
Portfolio  for the  purpose of  affirmatively  benefiting  from a decline in the
price of  securities  which the  Portfolio  does not own.  The  Portfolio  would
ordinarily  recognize a gain if the value of the securities  decreased below the
exercise price  sufficiently  to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if
the value of the securities  remained at or above the exercise price.  Gains and
losses on the  purchase of  protective  put  options  would tend to be offset by
countervailing changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

         Each  Portfolio  has  adopted  certain  other  nonfundamental  policies
concerning  option  transactions  which are  discussed  below.  The  Portfolio's
activities in options may also be restricted by the requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  for qualification as a regulated
investment company.

         The hours of trading for options on  securities  may not conform to the
hours during which the underlying  securities are traded. To the extent that the
option  markets  close  before  the  markets  for  the  underlying   securities,
significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying securities
markets that cannot be  reflected in the option  markets.  It is  impossible  to
predict the volume of trading that may exist in such  options,  and there can be
no assurance that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

         A Portfolio may engage in  over-the-counter  options  transactions with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present,  approximately ten
broker-dealers,  including  several  of the  largest  primary  dealers  in  U.S.
Government   securities,   make  these   markets.   The  ability  to   terminate
over-the-counter  option  positions is more  limited  than with  exchange-traded
option  positions  because the  predominant  market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers  participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their  obligations.  To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio  will purchase such options only from  broker-dealers  who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are  expected  to be capable  of)  entering  into  closing
transactions,  although  there can be no guarantee  that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable  price prior to  expiration.  The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the Portfolio enters into such options
transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolios' Trustees.

         OPTIONS ON SECURITIES  INDICES.  In addition to options on  securities,
each Portfolio,  with the exception of  International  Bond Portfolio,  may also
purchase  and write  (sell) call and put  options on  securities  indices.  Such
options give the holder the right to receive a cash  settlement  during the term
of the option based upon the difference between the exercise price and the value
of the index.

                                       23

<PAGE>



Such options will be used for the purposes described above under "Options on
Securities."

         International  Equity Portfolio and Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio may,
to the extent allowed by Federal and state securities laws, invest in securities
indices instead of investing directly in individual foreign securities.

         Options on securities  indices entail risks in addition to the risks of
options on  securities.  The absence of a liquid  secondary  market to close out
options  positions on securities  indices is more likely to occur,  although the
Portfolio  generally  will only  purchase or write such an option if the Adviser
believes the option can be closed out.

         Use of options on securities indices also entails the risk that trading
in such options may be interrupted if trading in certain securities  included in
the index is  interrupted.  The Portfolio  will not purchase such options unless
the Adviser believes the market is sufficiently  developed such that the risk of
trading in such  options  is no  greater  than the risk of trading in options on
securities.

         Price movements in a Portfolio's  portfolio may not correlate precisely
with  movements in the level of an index and,  therefore,  the use of options on
indices cannot serve as a complete hedge.  Because options on securities indices
require  settlement  in cash,  the Adviser may be forced to liquidate  portfolio
securities to meet settlement obligations.

         FORWARD FOREIGN  CURRENCY  EXCHANGE  CONTRACTS.  Because each Portfolio
buys and sells  securities  denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar
and receives interest,  dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the
U.S.  dollar,  each Portfolio from time to time may enter into foreign  currency
exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to
convert  foreign  currencies  to and from the U.S.  dollar.  A Portfolio  either
enters into these  transactions  on a spot  (I.E.,  cash) basis at the spot rate
prevailing in the foreign currency  exchange market or uses forward contracts to
purchase or sell foreign currencies.

         A forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contract is an  obligation by a
Portfolio to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be
any fixed number of days from the date of the contract. Forward foreign currency
exchange contracts  establish an exchange rate at a future date. These contracts
are  transferable in the interbank  market  conducted  directly between currency
traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers.  A forward foreign
currency exchange contract generally has no deposit requirement and is traded at
a net price without  commission.  Each Portfolio  maintains with its custodian a
segregated  account of high grade  liquid  assets in an amount at least equal to
its obligations under each forward foreign currency exchange  contract.  Neither
spot  transactions nor forward foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  eliminate
fluctuations in the prices of the Portfolio's  securities or in foreign exchange
rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.


                                       24

<PAGE>



         Each Portfolio may enter into foreign currency hedging  transactions in
an attempt to protect against changes in foreign currency exchange rates between
the trade and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in
foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position
or an anticipated  investment position.  Since consideration of the prospect for
currency parities will be incorporated into Bankers Trust's long-term investment
decisions,  a Portfolio will not routinely enter into foreign  currency  hedging
transactions  with  respect to security  transactions;  however,  Bankers  Trust
believes  that it is  important  to have the  flexibility  to enter into foreign
currency hedging  transactions when it determines that the transactions would be
in the Portfolio's best interest.  Although these  transactions tend to minimize
the risk of loss due to a decline  in the value of the hedged  currency,  at the
same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain that might be realized  should
the value of the hedged currency  increase.  The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities  involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign  currencies will
change as a  consequence  of market  movements  in the value of such  securities
between the date the forward  contract is entered  into and the date it matures.
The  projection of currency  market  movements is extremely  difficult,  and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

         While these contracts are not presently regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC
may in the future assert authority to regulate forward contracts.  In such event
the Portfolio's  ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth in
the  Prospectus may be  restricted.  Forward  contracts may reduce the potential
gain from a positive  change in the  relationship  between  the U.S.  dollar and
foreign  currencies.  Unanticipated  changes  in  currency  prices may result in
poorer  overall  performance  for the Portfolio  than if it had not entered into
such contracts.  The use of foreign currency forward contracts may not eliminate
fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar  equivalent value of the prices of or
rates  of  return  on  a  Portfolio's  foreign  currency  denominated  portfolio
securities  and the use of such  techniques  will subject a Portfolio to certain
risks.

         The  matching of the  increase in value of a forward  contract  and the
decline in the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency  denominated
asset  that is the  subject  of the  hedge  generally  will not be  precise.  In
addition,  a  Portfolio  may not always be able to enter into  foreign  currency
forward  contracts  at  attractive  prices and this will  limit the  Portfolio's
ability to use such  contract to hedge or  cross-hedge  its assets.  Also,  with
regard to a  Portfolio's  use of  cross-hedges,  there can be no assurance  that
historical  correlations  between  the  movement of certain  foreign  currencies
relative to the U.S.  dollar will continue.  Thus, at any time poor  correlation
may exist  between  movements  in the exchange  rates of the foreign  currencies
underlying a Portfolio's  crosshedges and the movements in the exchange rates of
the foreign  currencies in which the Portfolio's  assets that are the subject of
such cross-hedges are denominated.

RATING SERVICES

         The  ratings of rating  services  represent  their  opinions  as to the
quality of the securities  that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized,
however, that ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards
of

                                       25

<PAGE>



quality.  Although  these  ratings are an initial  criterion  for  selection  of
portfolio  investments,  Bankers  Trust also makes its own  evaluation  of these
securities,  subject to review by the Board of  Trustees.  After  purchase  by a
Portfolio,  an  obligation  may cease to be rated or its  rating  may be reduced
below the minimum  required for purchase by the  Portfolio.  Neither event would
require a Fund to eliminate the obligation from its portfolio, but Bankers Trust
will  consider  such an event in its  determination  of  whether  a Fund  should
continue to hold the obligation. A description of the ratings used herein and in
the Funds' Prospectus is set forth in the Appendix to the Prospectus.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

         The following  investment  restrictions are  "fundamental  policies" of
each Fund and each  Portfolio and may not be changed with respect to the Fund or
the  Portfolio  without the  approval of a "majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities" of the Fund or the Portfolio,  as the case may be.  "Majority of the
outstanding  voting  securities"  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as
amended  (the  "1940  Act"),  and  as  used  in  this  Statement  of  Additional
Information  and  the  Prospectus,  means,  with  respect  to the  Fund  (or the
Portfolio),  the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the outstanding  voting securities
of the Fund (or of the total beneficial interests of the Portfolio) present at a
meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of
the Fund or of the total  beneficial  interests of the Portfolio) are present or
represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding  voting securities
of the Fund (or of the total  beneficial  interests of the Portfolio).  Whenever
the Trust is requested to vote on a fundamental policy of a Portfolio, the Trust
will hold a meeting of the corresponding  Fund's  shareholders and will cast its
vote as instructed by that Fund's  shareholders.  Fund  shareholders  who do not
vote will not affect the Trust's votes at the Portfolio meeting.  The percentage
of the Trust's votes  representing Fund shareholders not voting will be voted by
the Trustees of the Trust in the same  proportion as the Fund  shareholders  who
do, in fact, vote.

         As a matter of fundamental  policy,  no Portfolio (or Fund) may (except
that no investment restriction of a Fund shall prevent a Fund from investing all
of its Assets in an open-end  investment  company  with  substantially  the same
investment objectives):

         (1) borrow  money or mortgage or  hypothecate  assets of the  Portfolio
(Fund),  except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current  value of the
Portfolio's  (Fund's)  assets,  it may borrow  money as a temporary  measure for
extraordinary or emergency purposes and enter into reverse repurchase agreements
or  dollar  roll  transactions,  and  except  that it may  pledge,  mortgage  or
hypothecate  not more than 1/3 of such assets to secure such  borrowings  (it is
intended  that  money  would be  borrowed  only from  banks  and only  either to
accommodate requests for the withdrawal of beneficial  interests  (redemption of
shares) while  effecting an orderly  liquidation  of portfolio  securities or to
maintain  liquidity  in the event of an  unanticipated  failure  to  complete  a
portfolio  security   transaction  or  other  similar   situations)  or  reverse
repurchase  agreements,  provided that collateral  arrangements  with respect to
options and futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
are not  considered  a pledge of assets for  purposes  of this  restriction  and
except that

                                       26

<PAGE>



assets  may be pledged to secure  letters  of credit  solely for the  purpose of
participating in a captive insurance company sponsored by the Investment Company
Institute; for additional related restrictions, see clause (i) under the caption
"State and Federal  Restrictions"  below (as an operating policy, the Portfolios
may not engage in dollar roll transactions);

         (2) underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
Portfolios  (Trust or the Funds) may technically be deemed an underwriter  under
the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;

         (3) make loans to other persons except:  (a) through the lending of the
Portfolio's  (Fund's) portfolio  securities and provided that any such loans not
exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value); (b)
through  the  use  of  repurchase  agreements  or  the  purchase  of  short-term
obligations;  or (c) by  purchasing a portion of an issue of debt  securities of
types  distributed  publicly  or  privately  (under  current  regulations,   the
Portfolio's  (Fund's)  fundamental  policy with respect to 20% risk weighing for
financial  institutions prevent the Portfolio (Fund) from engaging in securities
lending);

         (4)  purchase  or  sell  real  estate  (including  limited  partnership
interests but excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein),
interests  in oil, gas or mineral  leases,  commodities  or commodity  contracts
(except futures and option contracts) in the ordinary course of business (except
that the  Portfolio  (Trust)  may hold and sell,  for the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
portfolio,  real  estate  acquired  as a  result  of  the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
ownership of securities);

         (5) concentrate its investments in any particular industry (excluding
U.S. Government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the achievement
of a Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up to 25% of its total assets
may be invested in any one industry; and

         (6) issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act)
if such  issuance is  specifically  prohibited  by the 1940 Act or the rules and
regulations promulgated  thereunder,  provided that collateral arrangements with
respect to options  and  futures,  including  deposits  of initial  deposit  and
variation margin, are not considered to be the issuance of a senior security for
purposes of this restriction.

         
         STATE AND FEDERAL  RESTRICTIONS.  In order to comply with certain state
and Federal  statutes and policies each  Portfolio  (or the Trust,  on behalf of
each Fund) will not as a matter of  operating  policy  (except that no operating
policy  shall  prevent a Fund from  investing  all of its Assets in an  open-end
investment company with substantially the same investment objectives):

     (i)  borrow money  (including  through  reverse  repurchase or forward roll
          transactions)  for any  purpose  in  excess  of 5% of the  Portfolio's
          (Fund's) total assets (taken at cost), except that the Portfolio

                                       27

<PAGE>



          (Fund) may borrow for  temporary  or  emergency  purposes  up to 1/3
          of its total assets;

     (ii) pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  for any purpose in excess of 10% of
          the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total  assets  (taken  at  market  value),
          provided  that  collateral  arrangements  with  respect to options and
          futures,  including  deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
          and  reverse  repurchase  agreements  are not  considered  a pledge of
          assets for purposes of this restriction;

     (iii)purchase  any  security or  evidence  of  interest  therein on margin,
          except  that  such  short-term  credit  as may be  necessary  for  the
          clearance of  purchases  and sales of  securities  may be obtained and
          except that deposits of initial  deposit and  variation  margin may be
          made in connection  with the purchase,  ownership,  holding or sale of
          futures;

     (iv) sell  securities  it does not own such that the dollar  amount of such
          short  sales  at any one time  exceeds  25% of the net  equity  of the
          Portfolio  (Fund),  and the value of  securities  of any one issuer in
          which the Portfolio  (Fund) is short exceeds the lesser of 2.0% of the
          value of the Portfolio's (Fund's) net assets or 2.0% of the securities
          of any class of any U.S. issuer and,  provided that short sales may be
          made only in those  securities  which are fully  listed on a  national
          securities  exchange or a foreign  exchange  (This  provision does not
          include   the   sale   of   securities   of   the   Portfolio   (Fund)
          contemporaneously   owns  or  has  the  right  to  obtain   securities
          equivalent in kind and amount to those sold, i.e., short sales against
          the box.) (the Portfolios  (Funds) have no current intention to engage
          in short selling);

     (v)  invest for the purpose of exercising control or management;

     (vi) purchase  securities  issued  by  any  investment  company  except  by
          purchase in the open market where no commission or profit to a sponsor
          or dealer results from such purchase other than the customary broker's
          commission,  or except when such purchase, though not made in the open
          market,  is part  of a plan  of  merger  or  consolidation;  provided,
          however,  that  securities  of  any  investment  company  will  not be
          purchased  for the  Portfolio  (Fund)  if such  purchase  at the  time
          thereof  would cause:  (a) more than 10% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
          total  assets  (taken at the  greater  of cost or market  value) to be
          invested in the  securities of such  issuers;  (b) more than 5% of the
          Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total  assets  (taken at the greater of cost or
          market  value) to be invested in any one  investment  company;  or (c)
          more than 3% of the outstanding  voting  securities of any such issuer
          to be held for the Portfolio (Fund);  provided further that, except in
          the case of a merger or consolidation,  the Portfolio (Fund) shall not
          purchase any securities of any open-end  investment company unless the
          Portfolio  (Fund) (1) waives the investment  advisory fee with respect
          to assets

                                       28

<PAGE>



          invested in other  open-end  investment  companies  and (2) incurs no
          sales charge in connection with the investment;

     (vii)invest more than 10% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) total assets (taken
          at the greater of cost or market value) in securities  (excluding Rule
          144A securities) that are restricted as to resale under the 1933 Act;

     (viii) invest more than 15% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
          at the greater of cost or market value) in (a)  securities  (including
          Rule 144A  securities) that are restricted as to resale under the 1933
          Act, and (b)  securities  that are issued by issuers which  (including
          predecessors) have been in operation less than three years (other than
          U.S. Government securities),  provided,  however, that no more than 5%
          of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total assets are invested in securities
          issued  by  issuers  which  (including   predecessors)  have  been  in
          operation less than three years;

     (ix) with respect to 75% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets, purchase
          securities  of any issuer if such  purchase at the time thereof  would
          cause  the  Portfolio  (Fund)  to hold  more  than 10% of any class of
          securities of such issuer,  for which purposes all  indebtedness of an
          issuer  shall be deemed a single class and all  preferred  stock of an
          issuer shall be deemed a single  class,  except that futures or option
          contracts shall not be subject to this restriction;

     (x)  with  respect to 75% of its  assets,  invest more than 5% of its total
          assets in the securities (excluding U.S. Government securities) of any
          one issuer;

     (xi) invest  in  securities  issued  by an  issuer  any of whose  officers,
          directors,  trustees or  security  holders is an officer or Trustee of
          the Portfolio (Trust),  or is an officer or partner of the Adviser, if
          after the purchase of the  securities of such issuer for the Portfolio
          (Fund) one or more of such persons owns  beneficially more than 1/2 of
          1% of the shares or securities, or both, all taken at market value, of
          such  issuer,  and such  persons  owning  more  than 1/2 of 1% of such
          shares or securities  together own  beneficially  more than 5% of such
          shares or securities, or both, all taken at market value;

     (xii)invest in warrants  (other  than  warrants  acquired by the  Portfolio
          (Fund)  as part of a unit or  attached  to  securities  at the time of
          purchase)  if, as a result,  the  investments  (valued at the lower of
          cost or  market)  would  exceed  5% of the  value  of the  Portfolio's
          (Fund's)  net  assets  or  if,  as a  result,  more  than  2%  of  the
          Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net assets  would be invested  in warrants  not
          listed on a recognized United States or foreign stock exchange, to the
          extent permitted by applicable state securities laws;


                                       29

<PAGE>



     (xiii) write  puts and calls on  securities  unless  each of the  following
          conditions  are met:  (a) the security  underlying  the put or call is
          within the investment  policies of the Portfolio (Fund) and the option
          is issued by the Options Clearing Corporation, except for put and call
          options issued by non-U.S.  entities or listed on non-U.S.  securities
          or commodities  exchanges;  (b) the aggregate value of the obligations
          underlying  the puts  determined  as of the date the  options are sold
          shall not exceed 5% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) net assets;  (c) the
          securities  subject  to  the  exercise  of  the  call  written  by the
          Portfolio (Fund) must be owned by the Portfolio (Fund) at the time the
          call is sold and must  continue  to be owned by the  Portfolio  (Fund)
          until the call has been exercised, has lapsed, or the Portfolio (Fund)
          has  purchased a closing call,  and such purchase has been  confirmed,
          thereby  extinguishing the Portfolio's  (Fund's) obligation to deliver
          securities pursuant to the call it has sold; and (d) at the time a put
          is written, the Portfolio (Fund) establishes a segregated account with
          its  custodian  consisting  of  cash  or  short-term  U.S.  Government
          securities  equal in value to the amount the Portfolio  (Fund) will be
          obligated  to pay  upon  exercise  of the put  (this  account  must be
          maintained until the put is exercised,  has expired,  or the Portfolio
          (Fund) has purchased a closing put,  which is a put of the same series
          as the one previously written); and

     (xiv)buy and sell puts and calls on  securities,  stock  index  futures  or
          options on stock index  futures,  or  financial  futures or options on
          financial  futures  unless such  options are written by other  persons
          and: (a) the options or futures are offered  through the facilities of
          a  national  securities  association  or  are  listed  on  a  national
          securities or  commodities  exchange,  except for put and call options
          issued  by  non-U.S.  entities  or listed on  non-U.S.  securities  or
          commodities  exchanges;  (b) the  aggregate  premiums paid on all such
          options  which  are  held  at  any  time  do  not  exceed  20%  of the
          Portfolio's  (Fund's) total net assets;  and (c) the aggregate  margin
          deposits  required on all such futures or options  thereon held at any
          time do not exceed 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets.

         There  will  be no  violation  of any  investment  restriction  if that
restriction  is  complied  with  at  the  time  the  relevant  action  is  taken
notwithstanding a later change in market value of an investment, in net or total
assets, in the securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.

         Each Fund will comply with the state securities laws and regulations of
all  states in which it is  registered.  Each  Portfolio  will  comply  with the
permitted  investments  and investment  limitations  in the securities  laws and
regulations  of all  states  in  which  the  corresponding  Fund,  or any  other
registered investment company investing in the Portfolio, is registered.

                PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS


                                       30

<PAGE>



         The Adviser is  responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities,
futures contracts and options on such securities and futures for each Portfolio,
the  selection of brokers,  dealers and futures  commission  merchants to effect
transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. Brokerdealers
may receive brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions,  including options,
futures  and  options  on  futures  transactions  and the  purchase  and sale of
underlying  securities  upon the exercise of options.  Orders may be directed to
any broker-dealer or futures commission merchant, including to the extent and in
the manner  permitted by applicable  law,  Bankers Trust or its  subsidiaries or
affiliates.  Purchases and sales of certain portfolio  securities on behalf of a
Portfolio are  frequently  placed by the Adviser with the issuer or a primary or
secondary  market-maker  for  these  securities  on a  net  basis,  without  any
brokerage commission being paid by the Portfolio. Trading does, however, involve
transaction  costs.  Transactions with dealers serving as market-makers  reflect
the spread between the bid and asked prices.  Transaction costs may also include
fees paid to third parties for information as to potential purchasers or sellers
of securities.  Purchases of underwritten  issues may be made which will include
an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

         The  Adviser  seeks  to  evaluate  the  overall  reasonableness  of the
brokerage  commissions paid (to the extent applicable) in placing orders for the
purchase and sale of securities for a Portfolio taking into account such factors
as price,  commission  (negotiable in the case of national  securities  exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing  broker-dealer  through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable  transactions,  as  well  as by  comparing  commissions  paid  by the
Portfolio  to reported  commissions  paid by others.  The  Adviser  reviews on a
routine basis commission  rates,  execution and settlement  services  performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

         The  Adviser  is  authorized,  consistent  with  Section  28(e)  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, when placing portfolio transactions
for a  Portfolio  with a broker to pay a  brokerage  commission  (to the  extent
applicable)  in excess of that  which  another  broker  might have  charged  for
effecting the same transaction on account of the receipt of research,  market or
statistical information.  The term "research, market or statistical information"
includes advice as to the value of securities; the advisability of investing in,
purchasing or selling  securities;  the availability of securities or purchasers
or sellers  of  securities;  and  furnishing  analyses  and  reports  concerning
issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy
and the performance of accounts.

         Consistent with the policy stated above,  the Rules of Fair Practice of
the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. and such other policies as
the Trustees of the Portfolio may  determine,  the Adviser may consider sales of
shares of the Trust and of other investment  company clients of Bankers Trust as
a factor in the selection of broker-dealers  to execute portfolio  transactions.
Bankers Trust will make such  allocations if commissions are comparable to those
charged by nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.


                                       31

<PAGE>



         Higher  commissions may be paid to firms that provide research services
to the extent permitted by law. Bankers Trust may use this research  information
in managing the Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

         Except  for  implementing  the  policies  stated  above,  there  is  no
intention to place portfolio  transactions with particular brokers or dealers or
groups thereof. In effecting transactions in over-the-counter securities, orders
are placed  with the  principal  market-makers  for the  security  being  traded
unless,  after  exercising  care,  it appears  that more  favorable  results are
available otherwise.

         Although  certain  research,  market and statistical  information  from
brokers and dealers can be useful to a Portfolio  and to the Adviser,  it is the
opinion  of the  management  of the  Portfolios  that such  information  is only
supplementary to the Adviser's own research  effort,  since the information must
still be analyzed, weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's staff. Such information
may be useful to the Adviser in  providing  services  to clients  other than the
Portfolios,  and not all such  information  is used by the Adviser in connection
with the Portfolios.  Conversely,  such  information  provided to the Adviser by
brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Adviser effect  securities
transactions  may  be  useful  to  the  Adviser  in  providing  services  to the
Portfolios.

         In certain  instances there may be securities  which are suitable for a
Portfolio as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients.  Investment
decisions for a Portfolio  and for the  Adviser's  other clients are made with a
view to achieving their respective investment objectives.  It may develop that a
particular  security  is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or  bought  or sold  for,  other  clients.  Likewise,  a  particular
security  may be bought for one or more  clients  when one or more  clients  are
selling that same security.  Some simultaneous  transactions are inevitable when
several clients  receive  investment  advice from the same  investment  adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase  or sale of the same  security,  the  securities  are  allocated  among
clients in a manner  believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized  that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as a Portfolio is  concerned.  However,  it is believed that
the ability of a Portfolio to  participate in volume  transactions  will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

         For the years  ended  December  31,  1994 and 1993 and the period  from
August  4,  1992  (commencement  of  operations)   through  December  31,  1992,
International  Equity  Portfolio  paid  brokerage  commissions  in the amount of
$110,580, $63,523 and $2,000, respectively.

         For the period  from  October  25, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September 30, 1994,  Latin  American  Equity  Portfolio  paid brokerage
commissions in the amount of $188,008.

         For the period from  December  14, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September  30, 1994,  Global High Yield  Securities  Portfolio  paid no
brokerage commissions.

                                       32

<PAGE>




         For the period  from  November  1, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September  30, 1994,  Pacific  Basin Equity  Portfolio  paid  brokerage
commissions in the amount of $139,363.

         For the year ended  December 31, 1994 and the period from March 9, 1993
(commencement  of operations)  through December 31, 1993,  Capital  Appreciation
Portfolio  paid  brokerage  commissions  in the amount of $162,941  and $58,016,
respectively.

         For the period  from  October  21, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September 30, 1994,  Small Cap Portfolio paid brokerage  commissions in
the amount of $20,835.

         For the  years  ended  December  31,  1994 and 1993,  Equity  500 Index
Portfolio  paid  brokerage  commissions  in the amount of $97,069  and  $63,408,
respectively.


                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                        STANDARD PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

         From time to time,  quotations of a Fund's  performance may be included
in advertisements,  sales literature or shareholder  reports.  These performance
figures are calculated in the following manner:

         YIELD:  Yields for a Fund used in advertising  are computed by dividing
         the Fund's interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month
         period,  net of expenses,  by the average number of shares  entitled to
         receive  distributions  during the period,  dividing this figure by the
         Fund's  net  asset  value  per  share  at the  end of the  period,  and
         annualizing  the result  (assuming  compounding  of income) in order to
         arrive at an annual  percentage rate.  Income is calculated for purpose
         of yield quotations in accordance with standardized  methods applicable
         to all stock and bond mutual funds.  Dividends from equity  investments
         are treated as if they were  accrued on a daily  basis,  solely for the
         purpose of yield calculations.  In general,  interest income is reduced
         with  respect  to bonds  trading  at a premium  over their par value by
         subtracting a portion of the premium from income on a daily basis,  and
         is increased  with  respect to bonds  trading at a discount by adding a
         portion  of the  discount  to daily  income.  Capital  gains and losses
         generally are excluded from the calculation.

         Income  calculated  for the  purposes  of  calculating  a Fund's  yield
         differs  from  income  as  determined  for other  accounting  purposes.
         Because of the different  accounting  methods used,  and because of the
         compounding assumed in yield calculations,  the yield quoted for a Fund
         may  differ  from the rate of  distributions  of the Fund paid over the
         same  period or the rate of income  reported  in the  Fund's  financial
         statements.

         TOTAL RETURN:  A Fund's  average  annual total return is calculated for
         certain periods by determining the average annual compounded rates of

                                       33

<PAGE>



         return  over those  periods  that would cause an  investment  of $1,000
         (made at the  maximum  public  offering  price  with all  distributions
         reinvested)  to reach  the value of that  investment  at the end of the
         periods. A Fund may also calculate total return figures which represent
         aggregate performance over a period or year-by-year performance.

         PERFORMANCE  RESULTS:  Any total return  quotation  provided for a Fund
         should not be considered as  representative  of the  performance of the
         Fund in the future since the net asset value and public  offering price
         of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on the type, quality and
         maturities of the securities held in the corresponding  Portfolio,  but
         also on changes in the current value of such  securities and on changes
         in the  expenses  of the Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio.  These
         factors and possible differences in the methods used to calculate total
         return should be considered  when  comparing the total return of a Fund
         to total  returns  published  for other  investment  companies or other
         investment  vehicles.  Total return  reflects the  performance  of both
         principal and income.

                         COMPARISON OF FUND PERFORMANCE

         Comparison  of  the  quoted  nonstandardized   performance  of  various
investments is valid only if performance is calculated in the same manner. Since
there  are  different  methods  of  calculating  performance,  investors  should
consider the effect of the methods used to calculate  performance when comparing
performance of a Fund with  performance  quoted with respect to other investment
companies or types of investments.

         In  connection  with   communicating  its  performance  to  current  or
prospective  shareholders,  a  Fund  also  may  compare  these  figures  to  the
performance  of other mutual funds tracked by mutual fund rating  services or to
unmanaged  indices which may assume  reinvestment  of dividends but generally do
not reflect  deductions for  administrative  and management costs. The Funds may
include  comparisons  of their  investment  results to the  following  unmanaged
indices:  Global High Yield  Securities Fund - JP Morgan Emerging  Markets Bonds
Index or Lipper World Income Funds Average; Capital Appreciation Fund - Standard
& Poor's 500  Composite  Stock Price Index,  Standard & Poor's MidCap 400 Index,
Lipper  General  Equity  Averages  or Lipper  MidCap  Average;  Small Cap Fund -
Russell 2000 Index or Lipper Small Companies Growth Funds Average; International
Equity  Fund -  MSCI  GDP  Weighted  EAFE  Index,  MSCI  EAFE  Index  or  Lipper
International  Average;  Latin American  Equity Fund - IFCG Latin America Index,
IFCI Latin America Index or Lipper Latin  American  Funds  Average;  and Pacific
Basin Equity Fund - MSCI Combined Far East Free Excluding  Japan Index or Lipper
Pacific Region Funds Average.

         Evaluations of a Fund's  performance  made by  independent  sources may
also be  used in  advertisements  concerning  the  Fund.  Sources  for a  Fund's
performance information could include the following:

ASIAN WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a weekly Asian  newspaper  that often  reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.


                                       34

<PAGE>



BARRON'S, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

BUSINESS  WEEK,  a  national  business  weekly  that  periodically  reports  the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL TIMES,  Europe's business newspaper,  which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

GLOBAL  INVESTOR,   a  European   publication  that  periodically   reviews  the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY,  a daily  newspaper  that  features  financial,  economic and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

MORNINGSTAR INC., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.

NEW YORK TIMES,  a  nationally  distributed  newspaper  which  regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.


                                       35

<PAGE>



U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

VALUE LINE, a biweekly  publication  that reports on the largest  15,000  mutual
funds.

WALL STREET JOURNAL, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc. newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

WEISENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

WORKING  WOMEN,  a monthly  publication  that  features a  "Financial  Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

           VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND

         Equity and debt  securities  (other than  short-term  debt  obligations
maturing in 60 days or less),  including  listed  securities  and securities for
which price  quotations are  available,  will normally be valued on the basis of
market  valuations  furnished by a pricing service.  Short-term debt obligations
and money market securities  maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized
cost, which approximates market.

         Securities for which market  quotations are not available are valued by
Bankers  Trust  pursuant  to  procedures  adopted by each  Portfolio's  Board of
Trustees. It is generally agreed that securities for which market quotations are
not readily  available should not be valued at the same value as that carried by
an equivalent security which is readily marketable.

         The problems inherent in making a good faith determination of value are
recognized in the codification effected by SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 1
("FRR 1" (formerly  Accounting  Series  Release No. 113)) which  concludes  that
there  is "no  automatic  formula"  for  calculating  the  value  of  restricted
securities.  It  recommends  that the best  method  simply  is to  consider  all
relevant factors before making any calculation.  According to FRR 1 such factors
would include consideration of the:

          type of security  involved,  financial  statements,  cost at
          date of  purchase,  size of  holding,  discount  from market
          value of  unrestricted  securities  of the same class at the
          time of  purchase,  special  reports  prepared by  analysts,
          information as to any transactions or offers with respect to
          the security, existence of merger proposals or tender offers
          affecting the security,  price and extent of public  trading
          in similar securities of the issuer or comparable companies,
          and other relevant matters. 

36

<PAGE>



         To  the  extent  that  a  Portfolio  purchases   securities  which  are
restricted  as to  resale  or  for  which  current  market  quotations  are  not
available,  the Adviser of the Portfolio will value such  securities  based upon
all relevant factors as outlined in FRR 1.

         The  Trust,  on behalf of each Fund,  and each  Portfolio  reserve  the
right, if conditions  exist which make cash payments  undesirable,  to honor any
request for redemption or repurchase order by making payment in whole or in part
in readily marketable  securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio,  as the
case may be, and valued as they are for purposes of computing  the Fund's or the
Portfolio's  net asset  value,  as the case may be (a  redemption  in kind).  If
payment is made to a Fund shareholder in securities, an investor,  including the
Fund,  the  shareholder  may incur  transaction  expenses  in  converting  these
securities into cash. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, and each Portfolio have
elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of
which each Fund and each  Portfolio are obligated to redeem shares or beneficial
interests,  as the case may be,  with  respect  to any one  investor  during any
90-day  period,  solely in cash up to the  lesser of  $250,000  or 1% of the net
asset value of the Fund or the  Portfolio,  as the case may be, at the beginning
of the period.

         Each  Portfolio  has  agreed  to  make  a  redemption  in  kind  to the
corresponding  Fund  whenever the Fund wishes to make a  redemption  in kind and
therefore shareholders of the Fund that receive redemptions in kind will receive
portfolio  securities  of the  corresponding  Portfolio and in no case will they
receive a security issued by the Portfolio.  The Portfolio has advised the Trust
that the Portfolio will not redeem in kind except in  circumstances in which the
Fund is permitted to redeem in kind or unless requested by the Fund.

         Each investor in a Portfolio, including the corresponding Fund, may add
to or  reduce  its  investment  in the  Portfolio  on  each  day  the  Portfolio
determines  its net asset  value.  At the close of each such  business  day, the
value of each investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio will be determined
by multiplying the net asset value of the Portfolio by the percentage, effective
for that day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial
interests  in the  Portfolio.  Any  additions  or  withdrawals  which  are to be
effected  as of the close of  business  on that day will then be  effected.  The
investor's  percentage  of the aggregate  beneficial  interests in the Portfolio
will  then  be  recomputed  as the  percentage  equal  to the  fraction  (i) the
numerator of which is the value of such  investor's  investment in the Portfolio
as of the close of business  on such day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the
amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the investor's  investment in the
Portfolio  effected  as of the  close  of  business  on such  day,  and (ii) the
denominator of which is the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the
close of business  on such day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the amount of
net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate  investments in the Portfolio
by all investors in the  Portfolio.  The  percentage so determined  will then be
applied to determine  the value of the  investor's  interest in the Portfolio as
the close of business on the following business day.

         Each Fund may,  at its own  option,  accept  securities  in payment for
shares. The securities  delivered in payment for shares are valued by the method
described  under  "Net  Asset  Value"  as of  the  day  the  Fund  receives  the
securities. This is a taxable transaction to the shareholder.  Securities may be
accepted  in payment  for shares  only if they are,  in the  judgment of Bankers
Trust,  appropriate  investments  for the  Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio.  In
addition,  securities  accepted  in  payment  for  shares  must:  (i)  meet  the
investment   objective  and  policies  of  the  acquiring  Fund's  corresponding
Portfolio;  (ii) be acquired by the  applicable  Fund for investment and not for
resale (other than for resale to the Fund's corresponding  Portfolio);  (iii) be
liquid  securities  which are not  restricted  as to  transfer  either by law or
liquidity  of  market;  and  (iv)  if  stock,  have a  value  which  is  readily
ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on

                                       37

<PAGE>



a  stock  exchange,  over-the-counter  market  or by  readily  available  market
quotations  from a dealer in such  securities.  Each Fund  reserves the right to
accept or reject at its own option any and all securities offered in payment for
its shares.

                   MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS

         Each Board of Trustees is composed of persons  experienced in financial
matters who meet  throughout  the year to oversee the activities of the Funds or
Portfolios  they  represent.   In  addition,  the  Trustees  review  contractual
arrangements  with companies that provide services to the  Funds/Portfolios  and
review the Funds' performance.

         The  Trustees  and  officers  of the  Trust  and  Portfolios  and their
principal  occupations  during  the past five years are set forth  below.  Their
titles may have varied during that period. Asterisks indicate those Trustees who
are  "interested  persons"  (as  defined in the 1940 Act) of the  Trust.  Unless
otherwise  indicated,  the address of each  Trustee  and officer is 6 St.  James
Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts.


                                       38

<PAGE>



                             TRUSTEES OF THE TRUST

         ________________  -- Trustee; 5 year bio and address.

         ________________  -- Trustee; 5 year bio and address.

         ________________ *-- President and Trustee; 5 year bio and address.

                           TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIOS

         CHARLES  P.  BIGGAR--Trustee;   Retired;  Director  of  Chase/NBW  Bank
Advisory Board;  Director,  Batemen,  Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.; formerly Vice
President  of  International  Business  Machines  and  President of the National
Services and the Field Engineering  Divisions of IBM. His address is 12 Hitching
Post Lane, Chappaqua, New York 10514.

     S.  LELAND  DILL--Trustee;   Retired;   Director,  Coutts  &  Co.  (U.S.A.)
International;  Director,  Zweig  Cash Fund and  Zweig  Series  Trust;  formerly
Partner of KPMG Peat  Marwick;  Director,  Vinters  International  Company Inc.;
General Partner of Pemco (an investment  company registered under the 1940 Act).
His address is 5070 North Ocean Drive, Singer Island, Florida 33404.

         PHILIP W. COOLIDGE*--President and Trustee; Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President, Signature Financial Group, Inc. ("SFG") (since December,
1988) and Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc. ("Signature") (since April,
1989).

                      OFFICERS OF THE TRUST AND PORTFOLIOS

         Unless  otherwise  specified,  each officer listed below holds the same
position with the Trust and each Portfolio.

         JAMES B. CRAVER -- Treasurer and Secretary; Senior Vice President, SFG
(since January, 1991); Secretary, Signature (since January, 1991); Partner,
Baker & Hostetler (prior to January, 1991).

         DAVID G.  DANIELSON  -- Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant  Manager,  SFG
(since May, 1991); Graduate Student,  Northeastern  University (from April, 1990
to March,  1991); Tax Accountant & Systems  Analyst,  Putnam Companies (prior to
March, 1990).

     JAMES S. LELKO, JR. -- Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant Manager, SFG (since
January 1993);  Senior Tax Compliance  Accountant,  Putnam Investments (prior to
December 1992).

         BARBARA M. O'DETTE -- Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant  Treasurer,  SFG
(since  December,  1988)  and  Signature  (since  April,  1989);  Administrative
Controller, Massachusetts Financial Services Company (prior to December, 1988).

         DANIEL E. SHEA -- Assistant Treasurer; Assistant Manager, SFG (since
November 1993); Supervisor and Senior Technical Advisor, Putnam Investments
(prior to November 1993).

                                       39

<PAGE>




         THOMAS M. LENZ -- Assistant  Secretary;  Vice  President  and Associate
General Counsel,  SFG (since November,  1989);  Assistant  Secretary,  Signature
(since February, 1991); Attorney, Ropes & Gray (prior to November, 1989).

         MOLLY S. MUGLER -- Assistant Secretary; Legal Counsel and Assistant
Secretary, SFG (since December, 1988); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since
April, 1989).

         LINDA T. GIBSON -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal  Counsel and  Assistant
Secretary, SFG (since May, 1992); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since October,
1992); student, Boston University School of Law (September,  1989 to May, 1992);
Product Manager, SFG (January, 1989 to September, 1989).

         ANDRES E. SALDANA -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal  Counsel,  SFG (since
November,  1992);  Assistant  Secretary,   Signature  (since  September,  1993);
Attorney,  Ropes & Gray (September,  1990 to November,  1992); law student, Yale
Law School (September, 1987 to May, 1990).

     Messrs. Coolidge, Craver, Danielson, Lelko, Lenz, Saldana and Shea and Mss.
Gibson,  Mugler and O'Dette also hold  similar  positions  for other  investment
companies  for  which  Signature  or  an  affiliate   serves  as  the  principal
underwriter.

         No person who is an officer or director of Bankers  Trust is an officer
or Trustee of the Trust or the  Portfolio.  No director,  officer or employee of
Signature or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation  from the Trust
or a Portfolio for serving as an officer or Trustee of the Trust or a Portfolio.
The Trust pays each  Trustee who is not a  director,  officer or employee of the
Adviser, the Distributor, the Administrator or any of their affiliates an annual
fee of [$10,000], respectively, per annum plus [$500], respectively, per meeting
attended  and  reimburses  them for  travel  and  out-of-pocket  expenses.  Each
Portfolio  and Cash  Management,  Treasury  Money,  Tax Free Money,  NY Tax Free
Money, Utility,  Short/Intermediate U.S. Government Securities, Intermediate Tax
Free,  Asset Management and BT Investment  Portfolios  (together with the Trust,
the "Fund Complex") collectively pay each Trustee who is not a director, officer
or employee of the Adviser,  the Distributor,  the Administrator or any of their
affiliates  an  annual  fee of  $10,000,  respectively,  per  annum  plus  $500,
respectively,   per  meeting   attended  and  reimburses  them  for  travel  and
out-of-pocket expenses.

         For the year ended December 31, 1994,  International  Equity  Portfolio
accrued Trustees fees equal to $1,230.

         For the period  from  October  25, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September 30, 1994,  Latin American Equity  Portfolio  accrued Trustees
fees equal
to $668.

         For the period  from  November  1, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through September 30, 1994, Pacific Basin Equity Portfolio accrued Trustees fees
equal
to $684.


                                       40

<PAGE>



         For the period from  December  14, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September  30, 1994,  Global High Yield  Securities  Portfolio  accrued
Trustees fees
equal to $663.

         For the year ended December 31, 1994,  Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio
accrued Trustees fees equal to $1,231.

         For the period  from  October  21, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September 30, 1994, Small Cap Portfolio  accrued Trustees fees equal to
$669.

         For the year  ended  December  31,  1994,  Equity  500 Index  Portfolio
accrued Trustees fees of $2,059.

     Bankers Trust  reimbursed  the Funds and  Portfolios for a portion of their
Trustees fees for the period above. See "Investment Adviser" and "Administrator"
below.

         As of September 1, 1995, the Trustees and officers of the Trust and the
Portfolios  owned in the aggregate less than 1% of the shares of any Fund or the
Trust (all series taken together).

                               INVESTMENT ADVISER

         Under the terms of each Portfolio's  investment advisory agreement with
Bankers Trust (the  "Advisory  Agreement"),  Bankers Trust manages the Portfolio
subject  to the  supervision  and  direction  of the  Board of  Trustees  of the
Portfolio.   Bankers  Trust  will:  (i)  act  in  strict  conformity  with  each
Portfolio's  Declaration of Trust, the 1940 Act and the Investment  Advisers Act
of 1940,  as the  same  may  from  time to time be  amended;  (ii)  manage  each
Portfolio in accordance with the Portfolio's investment objectives, restrictions
and policies; (iii) make investment decisions for each Portfolio; and (iv) place
purchase  and sale orders for  securities  and other  financial  instruments  on
behalf of each Portfolio.

         Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection  with the performance of
services  under each  Advisory  Agreement.  The Trust and each  Portfolio  bears
certain other expenses incurred in its operation,  including:  taxes,  interest,
brokerage  fees and  commissions,  if any;  fees of Trustees of the Trust or the
Portfolio  who are not  officers,  directors  or  employees  of  Bankers  Trust,
Signature or any of their affiliates;  SEC fees and state Blue Sky qualification
fees; charges of custodians and transfer and dividend disbursing agents; certain
insurance premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of
corporate existence; costs attributable to investor services, including, without
limitation,  telephone and personnel  expenses;  costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses  and statements of additional  information for regulatory  purposes
and for distribution to existing  shareholders;  costs of shareholders'  reports
and  meetings  of  shareholders,  officers  and  Trustees  of the  Trust  or the
Portfolio; and any extraordinary expenses.

         For the years ended December 31, 1994,  1993 and the period from August
4, 1992 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 1992, Bankers Trust

                                       41

<PAGE>



accrued  $322,489,  $25,031  and  $17,462,  respectively,  in  compensation  for
investment advisory services provided to International Equity Portfolio.  During
the same  periods,  Bankers  Trust  reimbursed  $117,653,  $65,394 and  $24,849,
respectively, to that Portfolio to cover expenses.

         For the period  from  October  25, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September 30, 1994,  Bankers Trust aggregated  $102,872 in compensation
for investment  advisory  services  provided to Latin American Equity Portfolio.
During the same period,  Bankers Trust  reimbursed  $81,307 to that Portfolio to
cover expenses.

         For the period  from  November  1, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through  September 30, 1994,  Bankers Trust aggregated  $116,020 in compensation
for investment  advisory  services  provided to Pacific Basin Equity  Portfolio.
During the same period,  Bankers Trust  reimbursed  $40,461 to that Portfolio to
cover expenses.

         For the period from  December  14, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through September 30, 1994, Bankers Trust aggregated $66,073 in compensation for
investment advisory services provided to Global High Yield Securities Portfolio.
During the same period,  Bankers Trust  reimbursed  $48,741 to that Portfolio to
cover expenses.

         For the year ended  December 31, 1994 and the period from March 9, 1993
(commencement of operations)  through  December 31, 1993,  Bankers Trust accrued
$329,399 and $67,695,  respectively,  in  compensation  for investment  advisory
services provided to Capital  Appreciation  Portfolio.  During the same periods,
Bankers Trust reimbursed $114,930 and $43,137,  respectively,  to that Portfolio
to cover expenses.

         For the period  from  October  21, 1993  (commencement  of  operations)
through September 30, 1994, Bankers Trust aggregated $69,420 in compensation for
investment  advisory services  provided to Small Cap Portfolio.  During the same
period, Bankers Trust reimbursed $41,110 to that Portfolio to cover expenses.

         For the years ended  December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust accrued
$428,346 and $74,893,  respectively,  in  compensation  for investment  advisory
services  provided  to Equity  500 Index  Portfolio.  During  the same  periods,
Bankers Trust reimbursed $249,230 and $72,112,  respectively,  to that Portfolio
to cover expenses.

     Bankers  Trust  may  have  deposit,   loan  and  other  commercial  banking
relationships  with the issuers of obligations  which may be purchased on behalf
of the Portfolios,  including  outstanding  loans to such issuers which could be
repaid in whole or in part with the proceeds of securities  so  purchased.  Such
affiliates deal, trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and
are among the  leading  dealers of various  types of such  obligations.  Bankers
Trust has informed the Portfolios that, in making its investment  decisions,  it
does not obtain or use material  inside  information in its possession or in the
possession of any of its affiliates.  In making investment  recommendations  for
the  Portfolios,  Bankers  Trust  will not  inquire  or take into  consideration
whether an issuer of securities  proposed for purchase or sale by a Portfolio is
a

                                       42

<PAGE>



customer of Bankers Trust,  its parent or its subsidiaries or affiliates and, in
dealing  with  its  customers,  Bankers  Trust,  its  parent,  subsidiaries  and
affiliates  will not inquire or take into  consideration  whether  securities of
such  customers  are  held by any  fund  managed  by  Bankers  Trust or any such
affiliate.

         Each Fund's prospectus  contains disclosure as to the amount of Bankers
Trust's  investment  advisory and  administration  and services fees,  including
waivers  thereof.  Bankers  Trust may not recoup  any of its  waived  investment
advisory or  administration  and services  fees.  Such waivers by Bankers  Trust
shall stay in effect for at least 12 months.

SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISER

         Bankers Trust has entered into a sub-investment advisory agreement (the
"Sub-Advisory  Agreement") with BT Fund Managers International Limited ("BT Fund
Managers  International")  a wholly owned  subsidiary of Bankers Trust Australia
Limited  ("BTAL") in Sydney.  BTAL is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bankers Trust
New York  Corporation.  Under  the  Sub-Advisory  Agreement,  Bankers  Trust may
receive  investment advice and research services with respect to companies based
in the Pacific  Basin and may grant BT Fund  Managers  International  investment
management  authority  as well as the  authority to buy and sell  securities  if
Bankers Trust believes it would be beneficial to the Portfolio.

         BTAL,  which was  granted a banking  license in 1986,  is the parent of
Bankers Trust  Australia  Group which has offices is Sydney,  Melbourne,  Perth,
Brisbane,  Adelaide,  London and Hong Kong. A  representative  office of Bankers
Trust Company was opened in Australia in 1966 and  Australian  merchant  banking
operations commences in 1969. A related organization,  Bankers Trust New Zealand
Limited,  was  established in 1986.  Although BTAL has not previously  served as
investment adviser for a registered investment company, BTAL provides investment
services for a range of clients.

ADMINISTRATOR

         Under the  administration  and services  agreements,  Bankers  Trust is
obligated on a continuous basis to provide such  administrative  services as the
Board of Trustees of the Trust and each Portfolio  reasonably deem necessary for
the  proper  administration  of the Trust or a  Portfolio.  Bankers  Trust  will
generally assist in all aspects of the Funds' and Portfolios' operations; supply
and maintain  office  facilities  (which may be in Bankers Trust's own offices),
statistical and research data, data processing services,  clerical,  accounting,
bookkeeping  and  recordkeeping   services  (including  without  limitation  the
maintenance of such books and records as are required under the 1940 Act and the
rules  thereunder,  except as maintained by other  agents),  internal  auditing,
executive and  administrative  services,  and  stationery  and office  supplies;
prepare  reports to  shareholders  or  investors;  prepare and file tax returns;
supply financial information and supporting data for reports to and filings with
the SEC and various state Blue Sky authorities;  supply supporting documentation
for meetings of the Board of Trustees; provide monitoring reports and assistance
regarding compliance with Declarations of Trust, by-laws,  investment objectives
and policies and with Federal and state securities laws; arrange for appropriate
insurance coverage; calculate net asset values, net income and realized capital

                                       43

<PAGE>



gains or losses;  and negotiate  arrangements with, and supervise and coordinate
the activities of, agents and others to supply services.

         Pursuant to a  sub-administration  agreement  (the  "Sub-Administration
Agreement"), Signature performs such sub-administration duties for the Trust and
the  Portfolios  as from time to time may be agreed  upon by  Bankers  Trust and
Signature. The Sub-Administration Agreement provides that Signature will receive
such  compensation  as from time to time may be  agreed  upon by  Signature  and
Bankers Trust. All such compensation will be paid by Bankers Trust.

         For the years ended December 31, 1994 , 1993 and the period from August
4, 1992  (commencement of operations)  through December 31, 1992,  Bankers Trust
received  $74,420,  $25,031  and  $4,030,  respectively,   in  compensation  for
administrative and other services provided to International Equity Portfolio.

         For  the  fiscal  period  from  October  25,  1993   (commencement   of
operations)  through  September  30, 1994,  Bankers  Trust  received  $20,574 in
compensation for  administrative  and other services  provided to Latin American
Equity Portfolio.

         For  the  fiscal  period  from  November  1,  1993   (commencement   of
operations)  through  September  30, 1994,  Bankers  Trust  received  $38,673 in
compensation  for  administrative  and other services  provided to Pacific Basin
Equity Portfolio.

         For  the  fiscal  period  from  December  14,  1993   (commencement  of
operations)  through  September  30, 1994,  Bankers  Trust  received  $16,518 in
compensation for administrative and other services provided to Global High Yield
Securities Portfolio.

         For the year ended  December 31, 1994 and the period from March 9, 1993
(commencement of operations)  through December 31, 1993,  Bankers Trust received
$50,677 and $10,415,  respectively, in compensation for administrative and other
services provided to Capital Appreciation Portfolio.

         For  the  fiscal  period  from  October  21,  1993   (commencement   of
operations)  through  September  30, 1994,  Bankers  Trust  received  $10,680 in
compensation  for  administrative  and  other  services  provided  to Small  Cap
Portfolio.

         For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust received
$214,173 and $37,446, respectively, in compensation for administrative and other
services provided to Equity 500 Index Portfolio.

         Bankers  Trust has  agreed  that if in any  fiscal  year the  aggregate
expenses of any Fund and its respective  Portfolio  (including  fees pursuant to
the  Advisory  Agreement,  but  excluding  interest,  taxes,  brokerage  and, if
permitted by the relevant state securities commissions,  extraordinary expenses)
exceed the expense  limitation  of any state  having  jurisdiction  over a Fund,
Bankers  Trust  will  reimburse  the Fund for the  excess  expense to the extent
required  by  state  law.  As of  the  date  of  this  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  the most restrictive annual expense  limitation  applicable to any
Fund is 2.50% of the Fund's  first $30  million of  average  annual net  assets,
2.00% of the next $70  million  of  average  annual  net assets and 1.50% of the
remaining average annual net assets.


                                       44

<PAGE>



CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

         Bankers Trust,  280 Park Avenue,  New York,  New York 10017,  serves as
Custodian for the Trust and for each  Portfolio  pursuant to the  administration
and services agreements.  As Custodian, it holds the Funds' and each Portfolio's
assets.  Bankers  Trust also serves as  transfer  agent of the Trust and of each
Portfolio  pursuant to the  respective  administration  and services  agreement.
Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust,  Bankers Trust maintains the
shareholder  account  records  for each  Fund,  handles  certain  communications
between  shareholders  and the Trust and causes to be distributed  any dividends
and distributions  payable by the Trust.  Bankers Trust may be reimbursed by the
Funds or the  Portfolios  for its  out-of-pocket  expenses.  Bankers  Trust will
comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under the 1940 Act.

USE OF NAME

         The Trust and Bankers  Trust have agreed that the Trust may use "BT" as
part of its name for so long as Bankers  Trust serves as  investment  adviser to
the Portfolios.  The Trust has acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is
a  property  right of  certain  subsidiaries  of  Bankers  Trust and that  those
subsidiaries  and/or  Bankers  Trust may at any time  permit  others to use that
term.

         The Trust may be required, on 60 days' notice from Bankers Trust at any
time,  to abandon use of the acronym  "BT" as part of its name.  If this were to
occur,  the Trustees  would select an  appropriate  new name for the Trust,  but
there  would be no other  material  effect on the  Trust,  its  shareholders  or
activities.

BANKING REGULATORY MATTERS

         Bankers  Trust has been  advised  by its  counsel  that in its  opinion
Bankers Trust may perform the services for the  Portfolios  contemplated  by the
Advisory  Agreements  and other  activities  for the  Funds  and the  Portfolios
described  in the  Prospectuses  and this  Statement of  Additional  Information
without violation of the  Glass-Steagall Act or other applicable banking laws or
regulations.  However,  counsel has  pointed  out that future  changes in either
Federal or state statutes and regulations  concerning the permissible activities
of  banks or trust  companies,  as well as  future  judicial  or  administrative
decisions or  interpretations  of present and future  statutes and  regulations,
might prevent  Bankers Trust from  continuing to perform those  services for the
Trust  and the  Portfolios.  State  laws on  this  issue  may  differ  from  the
interpretations of relevant Federal law and banks and financial institutions may
be  required to register  as dealers  pursuant to state  securities  law. If the
circumstances described above should change, the Boards of Trustees would review
the  relationships  with Bankers Trust and consider taking all actions necessary
in the circumstances.

COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

         Willkie Farr & Gallagher,  One Citicorp  Center,  153 East 53rd Street,
New  York,  New  York  10022-4669,  serves  as  Counsel  to the  Trust  and each
Portfolio.  Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., 1100 Main Street,  Suite 900, Kansas City,
Missouri 64105 acts as Independent Accountants of the Trust and each Portfolio.

                                       45

<PAGE>




                           ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUST

         Shares of the Trust do not have cumulative  voting rights,  which means
that holders of more than 50% of the shares  voting for the election of Trustees
can  elect  all  Trustees.  Shares  are  transferable  but  have no  preemptive,
conversion or subscription rights.  Shareholders  generally vote by Fund, except
with respect to the election of Trustees and the  ratification  of the selection
of independent accountants.

         Massachusetts  law  provides  that  shareholders  could  under  certain
circumstances  be held  personally  liable  for the  obligations  of the  Trust.
However,  the Trust's Declaration of Trust disclaims  shareholder  liability for
acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of this  disclaimer be
given in each  agreement,  obligation or instrument  entered into or executed by
the Trust or a Trustee.  The  Declaration of Trust provides for  indemnification
from the Trust's  property for all losses and expenses of any  shareholder  held
personally  liable  for  the  obligations  of the  Trust.  Thus,  the  risk of a
shareholder's  incurring  financial loss on account of shareholder  liability is
limited to  circumstances  in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its
obligations,  a possibility  that the Trust believes is remote.  Upon payment of
any liability  incurred by the Trust, the shareholder  paying the liability will
be entitled to reimbursement  from the general assets of the Trust. The Trustees
intend to conduct the operations of the Trust in a manner so as to avoid, as far
as possible,  ultimate  liability of the  shareholders  for  liabilities  of the
Trust.

                                    TAXATION

                             TAXATION OF THE FUNDS

         The Trust  intends  to  qualify  annually  and to elect each Fund to be
treated as a regulated investment company under the Code.

         To qualify as a regulated  investment  company,  each Fund must,  among
other  things:  (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income
from dividends,  interest,  payments with respect to securities  loans and gains
from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or
other  income  derived  with respect to its business of investing in such stock,
securities or currencies;  (b) derive less than 30% of its gross income from the
sale or other  disposition of certain assets  (namely,  in the case of the Fund,
(i) stock or securities;  (ii) options,  futures,  and forward  contracts (other
than those on  foreign  currencies);  and (iii)  foreign  currencies  (including
options, futures, and forward contracts on such currencies) not directly related
to the Fund's principal business of investing in stock or securities (or options
and futures with respect to stocks or  securities))  held less than three months
(the 30%  Limitation");  (c)  diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each
quarter of the taxable year,  (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund's
assets is  represented  by cash and cash  items  (including  receivables),  U.S.
Government  securities,  the securities of other regulated  investment companies
and other  securities,  with such other securities of any one issuer limited for
the purposes of this  calculation  to an amount not greater than 5% of the value
of the Fund's total assets and not greater  than 10% of the  outstanding  voting
securities of

                                       46

<PAGE>



such  issuer  and (ii) not more  than 25% of the  value of its  total  assets is
invested  in the  securities  of any one  issuer  (other  than  U.S.  Government
securities or the securities of other regulated investment  companies);  and (d)
distribute  at  least  90% of  its  investment  company  taxable  income  (which
includes,  among other items,  dividends,  interest and net  short-term  capital
gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) and its net tax-exempt interest
income, if any, each taxable year.

         As a  regulated  investment  company,  each Fund will not be subject to
U.S. Federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital
gains (the excess of net  long-term  capital gains over net  short-term  capital
losses),  if any,  that it  distributes  to  shareholders.  The Fund  intends to
distribute to its  shareholders,  at least  annually,  substantially  all of its
investment company taxable income and net capital gains. Amounts not distributed
on a timely basis in accordance  with a calendar year  distribution  requirement
are  subject to a  nondeductible  4% excise tax.  To prevent  imposition  of the
excise tax, the Fund must  distribute  during each calendar year an amount equal
to the sum of: (1) at least 98% of its ordinary  income (not taking into account
any capital  gains or losses)  for the  calendar  year;  (2) at least 98% of its
capital gains in excess of its capital  losses  (adjusted  for certain  ordinary
losses,  as prescribed by the Code) for the one-year period ending on October 31
of the calendar year; and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous
years that was not  distributed  during  those  years.  A  distribution  will be
treated as paid on December 31 of the current calendar year if it is declared by
the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and
paid  by  the  Fund  during  January  of  the  following   calendar  year.  Such
distributions  will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the
distributions  are  declared,  rather  than  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
distributions are received.  To prevent  application of the excise tax, the Fund
intends  to  make  its  distributions  in  accordance  with  the  calendar  year
distribution requirement.

         Each  Fund  shareholder  will also  receive,  if  appropriate,  various
written  notices  after the close of the  Fund's  prior  taxable  year as to the
Federal  income status of his dividends  and  distributions  which were received
from the Fund during the Fund's prior taxable year.  Shareholders should consult
their tax  advisers  as to any state  and  local  taxes  that may apply to these
dividends  and  distributions.  The dollar  amount of  dividends  excluded  from
Federal income  taxation and the dollar amount subject to such income  taxation,
if any, will vary for each  shareholder  depending upon the size and duration of
each  shareholder's  investment  in the Fund.  To the extent that the Fund earns
taxable  net  investment  income,  the Fund  intends  to  designate  as  taxable
dividends the same  percentage  of each  dividend as its taxable net  investment
income  bears  to  its  total  net  investment  income  earned.  Therefore,  the
percentage of each dividend designated as taxable, if any, may vary.

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO, LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY PORTFOLIO, PACIFIC BASIN
EQUITY PORTFOLIO AND GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES PORTFOLIO

         FOREIGN SECURITIES.  Tax conventions between certain countries and the
United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes.  It is impossible to determine

                                       47

<PAGE>



the effective rate of foreign tax in advance since the amount of the Portfolio's
assets to be invested in various countries will vary.

         If the Portfolio is liable for foreign  taxes,  and if more than 50% of
the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets at the  close of its  taxable  year
consists  of  stocks  or  securities  of  foreign  corporations,  it may make an
election  pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be treated as
having  been  paid  directly  by  shareholders  of  the  entities,  such  as the
corresponding  Fund,  which have  invested  in the  Portfolio.  Pursuant to such
election, the amount of foreign taxes paid will be included in the income of the
corresponding Fund's shareholders, and such Fund shareholders (except tax-exempt
shareholders)  may,  subject to certain  limitations,  claim  either a credit or
deduction for the taxes.  Each such Fund  shareholder will be notified after the
close of the Portfolio's  taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass
through"  for that year and, if so, such  notification  will  designate  (a) the
shareholder's portion of the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the
portion which represents income derived from sources within each such country.

         The amount of foreign taxes for which a shareholder  may claim a credit
in any year will  generally  be subject to a separate  limitation  for  "passive
income," which includes,  among other items of income,  dividends,  interest and
certain foreign currency gains.  Because capital gains realized by the Portfolio
on the sale of foreign  securities  will be treated as  U.S.source  income,  the
available  credit of  foreign  taxes  paid  with  respect  to such  gains may be
restricted by this limitation.

                                 DISTRIBUTIONS

         Dividends paid out of the Fund's investment company taxable income will
be  taxable to a U.S.  shareholder  as  ordinary  income.  Distributions  of net
capital  gains,  if any,  designated  as capital gain  dividends  are taxable as
long-term  capital gains,  regardless of how long the  shareholder  has held the
Fund's  shares,  and are not  eligible  for  the  dividends-received  deduction.
Shareholders  receiving  distributions in the form of additional shares,  rather
than cash,  generally will have a cost basis in each such share equal to the net
asset value of a share of the Fund on the reinvestment  date.  Shareholders will
be notified annually as to the U.S. Federal tax status of distributions.

                           TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS

         The Portfolios are not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the
Fund and other  investors  investing in a Portfolio  must take into account,  in
computing  their Federal  income tax liability,  their share of the  Portfolio's
income,  gains,  losses,  deductions,  credits and tax preference items, without
regard to whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

         Distributions  received  by a Fund  from  the  corresponding  Portfolio
generally will not result in the Fund  recognizing  any gain or loss for Federal
income tax purposes, except that: (1) gain will be recognized to the extent that
any cash  distributed  exceeds the Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio
prior  to  the  distribution;  (2)  income  or  gain  may  be  realized  if  the
distribution is made

                                                                              48

<PAGE>



in  liquidation  of the Fund's  entire  interest in the Portfolio and includes a
disproportionate share of any unrealized receivables held by the Portfolio;  and
(3) loss may be recognized if the  distribution  is made in  liquidation  of the
Fund's  entire  interest in the  Portfolio  and  consists  solely of cash and/or
unrealized  receivables.  A Fund's  basis in its  interest in the  corresponding
Portfolio  generally will equal the amount of cash and the basis of any property
which the Fund invests in the Portfolio, increased by the Fund's share of income
from the Portfolio,  and decreased by the amount of any cash  distributions  and
the basis of any property distributed from the Portfolio.

                                 SALE OF SHARES

         Any  gain or loss  realized  by a  shareholder  upon  the sale or other
disposition of shares of the Fund, or upon receipt of a distribution in complete
liquidation  of a Fund,  generally  will be a capital gain or loss which will be
long-term or  short-term,  generally  depending upon the  shareholder's  holding
period  for  the  shares.  Any  loss  realized  on a sale  or  exchange  will be
disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced  (including  shares
acquired  pursuant to a dividend  reinvestment  plan) within a period of 61 days
beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after  disposition of the shares. In
such a case,  the basis of the shares  acquired  will be adjusted to reflect the
disallowed  loss.  Any loss realized by a shareholder  on a disposition  of Fund
shares  held by the  shareholder  for six  months or less will be  treated  as a
long-term  capital loss to the extent of any  distributions of net capital gains
received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.

                           FOREIGN WITHHOLDING TAXES

         Income  received by a Portfolio from sources  within foreign  countries
may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries.

                               BACKUP WITHHOLDING

         A Fund may be required to withhold U.S.  Federal income tax at the rate
of 31% of all taxable  distributions payable to shareholders who fail to provide
the Fund with their correct taxpayer  identification  number or to make required
certifications,  or who have been notified by the Internal  Revenue Service that
they are subject to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and certain other
shareholders  specified  in the Code  generally  are  exempt  from  such  backup
withholding.  Backup  withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld
may be credited against the shareholder's U.S. Federal income tax liability.

                              FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS

         The tax  consequences  to a foreign  shareholder  of an investment in a
Fund may be different from those  described  herein.  Foreign  shareholders  are
advised to consult  their own tax advisers  with respect to the  particular  tax
consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.


                                       49

<PAGE>



                                 OTHER TAXATION

         The Trust is organized as a  Massachusetts  business  trust and,  under
current  law,  neither  the  Trust  nor any Fund is  liable  for any  income  or
franchise  tax in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  provided  that the Fund
continues to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the
Code. The investment by each Fund in the corresponding  Portfolio does not cause
the Fund to be liable for any income or franchise tax in the State of New York.

         Each of  International  Equity  Portfolio and Capital  Appreciation  is
organized as a New York trust.  BT  Investment  Portfolios  is a New York master
trust fund.  Each Portfolio is not subject to any income or franchise tax in the
State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

         Fund shareholders may be subject to state and local taxes on their Fund
distributions.  Shareholders  are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND, CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND, SMALL CAP FUND,
INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND, LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND AND PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY
FUND

         Statement of Assets and Liabilities,         , 1995
         Report of Independent Accountants

         The following financial statements for each of the following Portfolios
are incorporated herein by reference from the its annual report, a copy of which
is attached hereto:

BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS  -  GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
         Statement of Assets and  Liabilities,  September 30, 1994
         Statement of Operations  for the period  from  December  14, 1993
         (commencement  of operations)  through  September  30, 1994
         Statement of Changes in Net Assets  for  the  period  from  December
         14, 1993 (commencement of operations) through September 30, 1994
         Financial  Highlights:  Selected ratios and  supplemental  data for the
         period  indicated
         Schedule of Portfolio  of  Investments,  September  30,  1994
         Notes  to  Financial Statements 
         Report of Independent Accountants

CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO
         Statement of Assets and  Liabilities,  December  31, 1994  
         Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 
         Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December 31, 1994
         and the period from March 9, 1993 through December 31, 1993 
         Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for the
         periods indicated  
         Schedule of Portfolio of Investments, December 31, 1994  
         Notes to Financial Statements

                                       50

<PAGE>



         Report of Independent Accountants

BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO
         Statement of Assets and Liabilities,  September 30, 1994 
         Statement of Operations for the period from October 21, 1993 
         (commencement of operations) through September 30, 1994
         Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from October 21, 1993
         (commencement  of  operations)  through  September  30, 1994
         Financial  Highlights:  Selected ratios and  supplemental  data for the
         period  indicated
         Schedule of Portfolio of Investments, September 30, 1994 
         Notes to Financial Statements 
         Report of Independent Accountants

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
         Statement of Assets and  Liabilities,  December  31, 1994  
         Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 
         Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31,
         1994 and 1993  
         Financial Highlights:  Selected ratios and supplemental data for the
         periods indicated 
         Schedule of Portfolio of Investments, December 31, 1994 
         Notes to Financial Statements 
         Report of Independent Accountants

BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - PACIFIC  BASIN EQUITY  PORTFOLIO  
         Statement of Assets and Liabilities,  September 30, 1994 
         Statement of Operations for the period from November 1, 1993
         (commencement of operations) through September  30, 1994  
         Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from November 1, 1993
         (commencement of operations) through September 30, 1994 
         Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for the
         period indicated   
         Schedule of Portfolio of Investments, September 30, 1994 
         Notes to Financial Statements 
         Report of Independent Accountants

BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY  PORTFOLIO 
         Statement of Assets and Liabilities, September 30, 1994 
         Statement of Operations for the period from October 25, 1993
         (commencement of operations) through September  30, 1994  
         Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from October 25, 1993
         (commencement of operations) through September 30, 1994 
         Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for the
         period indicated   
         Schedule of Portfolio of Investments, September 30, 1994 
         Notes to Financial Statements 
         Report of Independent Accountants


                                       51

<PAGE>



BT0441D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                       GLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                                                          , 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
                                                                  =======

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($16,667 /1,666.70 SHARES OUTSTANDING) . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)       BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
          organized on July 24, 1995 and has been inactive since that date, with
          respect to Global High Yield Securities Fund (the "Fund"),  except for
          matters  relating  to  the  organization  of  the  Trust,  the  Fund's
          establishment  and  designation  as a  series  of the  Trust,  and the
          registration  under the Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of
          beneficial  interest  ("Shares")  and  the  sale  of  1,666.70  Shares
          ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to SFG Investors II Limited Partnership
          ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will invest all of the Fund's investable
          assets in Global High Yield Securities Portfolio (the "Portfolio"),  a
          series of BT Investment  Portfolios,  an investment company registered
          under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Fund is one
          of eleven series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund  determined by the  proportion of the number of the Initial Shares
         of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund
         then outstanding after taking into account any prior redemptions of the
         Initial Shares of the Fund.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       52

<PAGE>



BT0441D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                           CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                                                          , 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
                                                                  =======

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($16,667/1,666.70 SHARES OUTSTANDING). . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

     (1)  BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
          organized on July 24, 1995 and has been inactive since that date, with
          respect to Capital Appreciation Fund (the "Fund"),  except for matters
          relating to the  organization of the Trust,  the Fund's  establishment
          and designation as a series of the Trust, and the  registration  under
          the Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of beneficial interest
          ("Shares") and the sale of 1,666.70 Shares  ("Initial  Shares") of the
          Fund to SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership ("SFG  Investors").  The
          Trust  will  invest  all of the  Fund's  investable  assets in Capital
          Appreciation  Portfolio  (the  "Portfolio"),   an  investment  company
          registered under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The
          Fund is one of eleven series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund  determined by the  proportion of the number of the Initial Shares
         of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund
         then outstanding after taking into account any prior redemptions of the
         Initial Shares of the Fund.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       53

<PAGE>



BT0441D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                                 SMALL CAP FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                                                          , 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
                                                                  =======

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($16,667 / 1,666.70 SHARES OUTSTANDING). . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)       BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
          organized on July 24, 1995 and has been inactive since that date, with
          respect to Small Cap Fund (the "Fund"), except for matters relating to
          the   organization  of  the  Trust,  the  Fund's   establishment   and
          designation as a series of the Trust, and the  registration  under the
          Securities  Act of 1933 of the Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
          ("Shares") and the sale of 1,666.70 Shares  ("Initial  Shares") of the
          Fund to SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership ("SFG  Investors").  The
          Trust will  invest all of the  Fund's  investable  assets in Small Cap
          Portfolio (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios, an
          investment  company  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
          1940, as amended. The Fund is one of eleven series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund  determined by the  proportion of the number of the Initial Shares
         of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund
         then outstanding after taking into account any prior redemptions of the
         Initial Shares of the Fund.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       54

<PAGE>



BT0441D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                           INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                                                          , 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
                                                                  =======

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($16,667 /1,666.70 SHARES OUTSTANDING) . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)       BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
          organized on July 24, 1995 and has been inactive since that date, with
          respect to International Equity Fund (the "Fund"),  except for matters
          relating to the  organization of the Trust,  the Fund's  establishment
          and designation as a series of the Trust, and the  registration  under
          the Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of beneficial interest
          ("Shares") and the sale of 1,666.70 Shares  ("Initial  Shares") of the
          Fund to SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership ("SFG  Investors").  The
          Trust will invest all of the Fund's investable assets in International
          Equity Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"),  an investment company registered
          under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Fund is one
          of eleven series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund  determined by the  proportion of the number of the Initial Shares
         of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund
         then outstanding after taking into account any prior redemptions of the
         Initial Shares of the Fund.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       55

<PAGE>



BT0441D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                           PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                                                          , 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
                                                                  =======

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($16,667 / 1,666.70 SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES

(1)       BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
          organized on July 24, 1995 and has been inactive since that date, with
          respect to Pacific Basin Equity Fund (the "Fund"),  except for matters
          relating to the  organization of the Trust,  the Fund's  establishment
          and designation as a series of the Trust, and the  registration  under
          the Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of beneficial interest
          ("Shares") and the sale of 1,666.70 Shares  ("Initial  Shares") of the
          Fund to SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership ("SFG  Investors").  The
          Trust will invest all of the Fund's investable assets in Pacific Basin
          Equity  Portfolio  (the  "Portfolio"),   a  series  of  BT  Investment
          Portfolios,  an investment  company  registered  under the  Investment
          Company Act of 1940,  as amended.  The Fund is one of eleven series of
          the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund  determined by the  proportion of the number of the Initial Shares
         of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund
         then outstanding after taking into account any prior redemptions of the
         Initial Shares of the Fund.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       56

<PAGE>



BT0441D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                           LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                                                          , 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $16,667
                                                                  =======

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($16,667 / 1,666.70 SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)       BT Global Investors, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
          organized on July 24, 1995 and has been inactive since that date, with
          respect to Latin American Equity Fund (the "Fund"), except for matters
          relating to the  organization of the Trust,  the Fund's  establishment
          and designation as a series of the Trust, and the  registration  under
          the Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of beneficial interest
          ("Shares") and the sale of 1,666.70 Shares  ("Initial  Shares") of the
          Fund to SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership ("SFG  Investors").  The
          Trust  will  invest  all of the  Fund's  investable  assets  in  Latin
          American Equity Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), a series of BT Investment
          Portfolios,  an investment  company  registered  under the  Investment
          Company Act of 1940,  as amended.  The Fund is one of eleven series of
          the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund  determined by the  proportion of the number of the Initial Shares
         of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund
         then outstanding after taking into account any prior redemptions of the
         Initial Shares of the Fund.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       57

<PAGE>


BT0441D

DISTRIBUTOR

Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc.         BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
6 St. James Avenue
Boston, MA  02116                             oGLOBAL HIGH YIELD SECURITIES FUND
(617) 423-0800                                oCAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND
                                              oSMALL CAP FUND
                                              oINTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
INVESTMENT ADVISER OF EACH PORTFOLIO          oPACIFIC BASIN EQUITY FUND
                                              oLATIN AMERICAN EQUITY FUND
Bankers Trust Company
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10017


TRANSFER AGENT

Bankers Trust Company
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10017


CUSTODIAN

Bankers Trust Company                         STATEMENT OF
280 Park Avenue                               ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
New York, NY  10015                                           , 1995

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
1100 Main Street, Suite 900
Kansas City, MO  64105

LEGAL COUNSEL

Willkie Farr & Gallagher
One Citicorp Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY  10022-4669
<PAGE>





                                                                              





<PAGE>



BT0445


                                     PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

   (a)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART B - TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT

   BT GLOBAL INVESTORS:
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of [], 1995
   Report of Independent Accountants

   BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED PORTFOLIO, BOND INDEX
   PORTFOLIO, INTERNATIONAL EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO AND SMALL CAP INDEX
   PORTFOLIO:
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of [], 1995
   Report of Independent Accountants

   BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY PORTFOLIO, GLOBAL HIGH YIELD
   SECURITIES PORTFOLIO, SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO AND PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY PORTFOLIO
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities, September 30, 1994 
   Statement of operations for the period indicated 
   Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the periods indicated 
   Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for each of the
   periods indicated 
   Schedule of Portfolio Investments, September 30, 1994 
   Notes to Financial Statements 
   Report of Independent Accountants

   CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO, INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO AND EQUITY 500
   INDEX PORTFOLIO 
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities, December 31, 1994
   Statement of operations for the period indicated 
   Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the periods indicated 
   Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for each of the
   periods indicated 
   Schedule of Portfolio Investments, December 31, 1994 
   Notes to Financial Statements 
   Report of Independent Accountants

   (b)     EXHIBITS:

           (1)       Declaration of Trust of the Trust.1

           (2)       By-Laws of the Trust.1

           (3)       Inapplicable.

           (4)       Specimen stock certificates for shares of beneficial 
                     interest of the Trust.2

           (5)       Inapplicable.


<PAGE>


                                      C-2


           (6)       Distribution Agreement.2

           (7)       Inapplicable.

           (8)       See Exhibit 9(b).

           (9)       (a) See Exhibit 9(b).
                     (b) Administration and Services Agreement.2

           (10)      Opinion of counsel.2

           (11)      Consent of independent accountants.2

           (12)      Inapplicable.

           (13)      Investment letter of initial shareholder.2

           (14)      Inapplicable.

           (15)      Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-l under the 
                     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended 
                     (the "1940 Act").2

           (16)      Method of computations of performance information.2

           (17)      Powers of Attorney.2

    1      Filed herein.
    2      To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 25.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE TRUST.

   Inapplicable.

ITEM 26.  NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

                                               Number of Record
   TITLE OF CLASS                              HOLDERS (AS OF AUGUST 22, 1995)
   --------------                              -------------------------------
   International Equity Fund                              0
   Latin American Equity Fund                             0
   Pacific Basin Equity Fund                              0
   Global High Yield Securities Fund                      0
   Capital Appreciation Fund                              0
   Small Cap Fund                                         0
   Equity 500 Index Fund                                  0
   Equity 500 Equal Weighted Fund                         0
   Bond Index Fund                                        0
   International Equity Index Fund                        0
   Small Cap Index Fund                                   0



<PAGE>
                                      C-3

ITEM 27.  INDEMNIFICATION.
                                                                           

   Under Article XI, Section 2 of the Trust's Declaration of Trust, any past or
   present Trustee or officer of the Trust (including persons who serve at the
   Trust's request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in
   which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise
   [hereinafter referred to as a "Covered Person"]) is indemnified to the
   fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably
   incurred by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he
   may be a party or otherwise involved by reason of his being or having been a
   Covered Person. This provision does not authorize indemnification when it is
   determined, in the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust, that such
   Covered Person has not acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his
   actions were in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust. Moreover,
   this provision does not authorize indemnification when it is determined, in
   the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust, that such Covered Person
   would otherwise be liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of
   willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his
   duties. Expenses may be paid by the Trust in advance of the final disposition
   of any action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by such
   Covered Person to repay such expenses to the Trust in the event that it is
   ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized
   under the Declaration of Trust and either (i) the Covered Person provides
   security for such undertaking, (ii) the Trust is insured against losses from
   such advances or (iii) the disinterested Trustees or independent legal
   counsel determines, in the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust, that
   there is reason to believe the Covered Person will be found to be entitled to
   indemnification.

   Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and
   controlling persons of the Trust pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
   otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission
   such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act
   and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
   indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Trust
   of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of
   the Trust in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
   asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with
   the securities being registered, the Trust will, unless in the opinion of its
   counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
   court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification
   by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be
   governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 28.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.

   Not applicable.



<PAGE>


                                      C-4


ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.

   (a)     Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc. is the Distributor 
           ("Signature") for the shares of BT Global Investors.  Signature also 
           serves as the principal underwriter or placement agent for other 
           registered investment companies.

   (b)     Set forth below are the names, principal business addresses and
           positions of each director and officer of Signature. Unless otherwise
           noted, the principal business address of these individuals is
           Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc., 6 St. James Avenue, Boston,
           Massachusetts 02116. Unless otherwise specified, none of the officers
           and directors of Signature serve as officers and Trustees of the
           Trust.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of Signature
and President and Trustee of the Registrant.

JAMES B. CRAVER:  Secretary and Senior Vice President of Signature and Secretary
and Treasurer of the Registrant.

LINWOOD C. DOWNS:  Treasurer of Signature.

THOMAS M. LENZ:  Assistant Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary of the
Registrant.

MOLLY S. MUGLER: Assistant Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary of the
Registrant.

LINDA T. GIBSON:  Assistant  Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary
of the Registrant.

ANDReS E. SALDAnA:  Assistant Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary of
the Registrant.

SUSAN JAKUBOSKI:  Assistant Treasurer of Signature.

BARBARA  M.  O'DETTE:   Assistant  Treasurer  of  Signature  and  Assistant
Treasurer of the Registrant.

BETH A. REMY:  Assistant Treasurer of Signature.

JULIE J. WYETZNER:  Product Management Officer of Signature.

CHRISTOPHER W. TOMECEK:  Director and Senior Vice President of Signature.

ROBERT G. DAVIDOFF:  Director of Signature; CMNY Capital, L.P, 135 East 57th
Street, New York, NY  10022.

KATE B.M. BOLSOVER:  Director of Signature;  Signature Financial Group (Europe),
Ltd., 49 St. James's Street, London SW1A 1JT.



<PAGE>


                                                                             C-5

DONALD S. CHADWICK:  Director of Signature; Scarborough & Company, 110 East 42nd
Street, New York, NY  10017.

LEEDS HACKETT:  Director of Signature; National Credit Management Corporation,
10155 York Road, Cockeysville, MD  21030.

LAURENCE E. LEVINE:  Director of Signature;  First  International  Capital,
Ltd., 130 Sunrise Avenue, Palm Beach, FL 33480.

   (c)     Inapplicable.

ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

BT INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS:  6 St. James Avenue, Boston, MA 02116.

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY:  280 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY:  127 West 10th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.

SIGNATURE BROKER-DEALER SERVICES, INC.:  6 St. James Avenue, Boston, MA 02116.


ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

   Not applicable.



<PAGE>


                                                                             C-6


ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS.

   (a)     The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment,
           including financials, which need not be certified, within four to six
           months following the commencement of operations of each of its
           series. The financial statements included in such amendment will be
           as of and for the time period ended on a date reasonably close or as
           soon as practicable to the date of the amendment.

   (b)     The Registrant undertakes to comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940
           Act as though such provisions of the Act were applicable to the
           Registrant except that the request referred to in the third full
           paragraph thereof may only be made by shareholders who hold in the
           aggregate at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Registrant,
           regardless of the net asset value or values of shares held by such
           requesting shareholders.

   (c)     If the information called for by Item 5A of Form N-1A is contained in
           the latest annual report to shareholders, the Registrant shall
           furnish each person to whom a prospectus is delivered with a copy of
           the Registrant's latest annual report to shareholders upon request
           and without charge.



<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this
Registration Statement on Form N-1A (the "Registration Statement") to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Boston
and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 23rd day of August, 1995.

   BT GLOBAL INVESTORS



By:  /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
     Thomas M. Lenz


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities
indicated on August 23, 1995.

SIGNATURE                                                        TITLE



/S/THOMAS M. LENZ                                                Trustee
Thomas M. Lenz


/S/ANDRES E. SALDANA                                             Trustee
Andres E. Saldana


/S/SUZAN M. BARRON                                               Trustee
Suzan M. Barron




<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURE


   International Equity Portfolio has duly caused this Registration Statement on
Form N-1A of BT Global Investors to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 22nd day of August, 1995.

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge
     President


   This Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Global Investors has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 22,
1995.

SIGNATURE                                       TITLE



/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                           Trustee and President of
Philip W. Coolidge                              International Equity Portfolio


CHARLES P. BIGGAR*                              Trustee of International Equity
Charles P. Biggar                               Portfolio


S. LELAND DILL*                                 Trustee of International
S. Leland Dill                                  Equity Portfolio


/S/JAMES B. CRAVER                              Treasurer (Principal Financial
James B. Craver                                 and Principal Accounting 
                                                Officer) of International Equity
                                                Portfolio
*By: /S/JAMES B. CRAVER
   James B. Craver as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney
   previously filed.




<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   Capital Appreciation Portfolio has duly caused this Registration Statement on
Form N-1A of BT Global Investors to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 22nd of August, 1995.

CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge
     President


   This Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Global Investors has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 22,
1995.

SIGNATURE                                     TITLE



/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                         Trustee and President of Capital
Philip W. Coolidge                            Appreciation Portfolio


CHARLES P. BIGGAR*                            Trustee of Capital Appreciation
Charles P. Biggar                             Portfolio


S. LELAND DILL*                               Trustee of Capital Appreciation
S. Leland Dill                                Portfolio


/S/JAMES B. CRAVER                            Treasurer (Principal Financial and
James B. Craver                               Principal Accounting Officer) of
                                              Capital Appreciation Portfolio

*By: /S/JAMES B. CRAVER
   James B. Craver as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney
   previously filed.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   BT Investment Portfolios has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form
N-1A of BT Global Investors to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 22nd day of August, 1995.

BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge
     President

   This Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Global Investors has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 22,
1995.

SIGNATURE                                     TITLE



/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                         Trustee and President of BT
Philip W. Coolidge                            Investment Portfolios


CHARLES P. BIGGAR*                            Trustee of BT Investment
Charles P. Biggar                             Portfolios


S. LELAND DILL*                               Trustee of BT Investment
S. Leland Dill                                Portfolios


/S/JAMES B. CRAVER                            Treasurer (Principal Financial and
James B. Craver                               Principal Accounting Officer) of 
                                              BT Investment Portfolios

*By: /S/JAMES B. CRAVER
   James B. Craver as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney
   previously filed.




<PAGE>




                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON
                                   FORM N-1A

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT NO.                                                           PAGE


  (1)                Declaration of Trust of the Registrant

  (2)                By-Laws of the Registrant




BT0434




















                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS



                              DECLARATION OF TRUST

                           Dated as of July 24, 1995




<PAGE>






                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
ARTICLE I--Name and Definitions                                              1

  Section 1.1                Name                                            1
  Section 1.2                Definitions                                     1

ARTICLE II--Trustees                                                         3

  Section 2.1                Number of Trustees                              3
  Section 2.2                Term of Office of Trustees 
  Section 2.3                Resignation and Appointment of Trustees         3
  Section 2.4                Vacancies                                       4
  Section 2.5                Delegation of Power to Other Trustees           4

ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees                                              4

  Section 3.1                General                                         4
  Section 3.2                Investments                                     5
  Section 3.3                Legal Title                                     6
  Section 3.4                Issuance and Repurchase of Securities           6
  Section 3.5                Borrowing Money; Lending Trust Property         6
  Section 3.6                Delegation; Committees                          6
  Section 3.7                Collection and Payment                          6
  Section 3.8                Expenses                                        7
  Section 3.9                Manner of Acting; By-Laws                       7
  Section 3.10               Miscellaneous Powers                            7
  Section 3.11               Principal Transactions                          7
  Section 3.12               Trustees and Officers as Shareholders           8

ARTICLE IV--Investment Adviser, Distributor, Administrator, Transfer
                  Agent and Shareholder Servicing Agents                     8

  Section 4.1                Investment Adviser                              8
  Section 4.2                Distributor                                     9
  Section 4.3                Administrator                                   9
  Section 4.4                Transfer Agent and Shareholder Servicing Agents 9
  Section 4.5                Parties to Contract                             9
ARTICLE V--Limitations of Liability of Shareholders, Trustees and Others     10

  Section 5.1                No Personal Liability of Shareholders,
                             Trustees, etc.                                  10
  Section 5.2                Non-Liability of Trustees, etc.                 10
  Section 5.3                Mandatory Indemnification; Insurance            11
  Section 5.4                No Bond Required of Trustees                    12
  Section 5.5                No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust
                             Instruments, etc.                               12
  Section 5.6                Reliance on Experts, etc.                       13

                                       i

<PAGE>



ARTICLE VI--Shares of Beneficial Interest                                    13

  Section 6.1                Beneficial Interest                             13
  Section 6.2                Rights of Shareholders                          13
  Section 6.3                Trust Only                                      13
  Section 6.4                Issuance of Shares                              14
  Section 6.5                Register of Shares                              14
  Section 6.6                Transfer of Shares                              14
  Section 6.7                Notices                                         15
  Section 6.8                Voting Powers                                   15
  Section 6.9                Series and Class Designation                    15

ARTICLE VII--Redemptions                                                     18

  Section 7.1                Redemptions                                     18
  Section 7.2                Suspension of Right of Redemption               18
  Section 7.3                Redemption of Shares; Disclosure of Holding     18
  Section 7.4                Redemptions of Accounts of Less than
                             Minimum Amount                                  19

ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Net Asset Value, Net Income and
                    Distributions                                            19

ARTICLE IX--Duration; Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, etc.         19
            --------------------------------------------------------

  Section 9.1                Duration                                        19
  Section 9.2                Termination of Trust                            20
  Section 9.3                Amendment Procedure                             20
  Section 9.4                Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets        22
  Section 9.5                Incorporation, Reorganization                   22
  Section 9.6                Incorporation or Reorganization of Series       22

ARTICLE X--Reports to Shareholders and Shareholder Communications            23
           ------------------------------------------------------

ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous                                                    23

  Section 11.1               Filing                                          23
  Section 11.2               Governing Law                                   23
  Section 11.3               Counterparts                                    23
  Section 11.4               Reliance by Third Parties                       23
  Section 11.5               Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations  24
  Section 11.6               Principal Office                                24

                                       ii

<PAGE>



BT0434


                              DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                       OF

                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS





                           Dated as of July 24, 1995



         WHEREAS,  the Trustees  desire to establish a trust for the  investment
and reinvestment of funds contributed thereto; and

         WHEREAS,  the Trustees desire that the beneficial interest in the trust
assets be divided into  transferable  shares of  beneficial  interest (par value
$0.00001 per share) ("Shares") issued in one or more series, which series may be
divided into one or more classes, as hereinafter provided and

         NOW THEREFORE,  the Trustees hereby declare that all money and property
contributed  to the trust  established  hereunder  shall be held and  managed in
trust for the  benefit  of  holders,  from time to time,  of the  Shares  issued
hereunder and subject to the provisions hereof.

                                   ARTICLE I

                              NAME AND DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1.  Name.  The name of the trust created hereby is "BT Global
Investors."

         Section 1.2. Definitions.  Wherever they are used herein, the following
terms have the following respective meanings:

         (a)  "Administrator"  means a party  furnishing  services  to the Trust
pursuant to any contract described in Section 4.3 hereof.

         (b) "By-Laws" means the By-laws  referred to in Section 3.9 hereof,  as
from time to time amended.

         (c)  "Commission" has the meaning given that term in the 1940 Act.

         (d) "Custodian" means a party employed by the Trust to furnish services
as described in Article X of the By-Laws.

         (e) "Declaration"  means this Declaration of Trust as amended from time
to time. Reference in this Declaration of Trust to "Declaration", "hereof",


<PAGE>


                                       2

"herein",  and "hereunder"  shall be deemed to refer to this Declaration  rather
than the article or section in which such words appear.

         (f)  "Distributor"  means  a party  furnishing  services  to the  Trust
pursuant to any contract described in Section 4.2 hereof.

         (g)  "Interested  Person" has the  meaning  given that term in the 1940
Act.

         (h) "Investment Adviser" means a party furnishing services to the Trust
pursuant to any contract described in Section 4.1 hereof.

         (i)  "Majority  Shareholder  Vote" has the same  meaning  as the phrase
"vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities" as defined in the 1940
Act,  except that such term may be used herein with respect to the Shares of the
Trust as a whole or the Shares of any particular series, or class of any series,
as the context may require.

         (j) "1940 Act" means the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the rules
and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

         (k)   "Person"   means   and   includes   individuals,    corporations,
partnerships,  trusts, associations,  joint ventures and other entities, whether
or not legal entities,  and governments and agencies and political  subdivisions
thereof, whether domestic or foreign.

         (l)  "Shareholder" means a record owner of outstanding Shares.

         (m) "Shares"  means the shares of  beneficial  interest  into which the
beneficial  interest  in the Trust  shall be divided  from time to time or, when
used in relation to any particular series or class of Shares  established by the
Trustees pursuant to Section 6.9 hereof, equal proportionate  transferable units
into which such  series or class of Shares  shall be divided  from time to time.
The term "Shares" includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares.

         (n) "Shareholder  Servicing Agent" means a party furnishing services to
the Trust pursuant to any shareholder  servicing  contract  described in Section
4.4 hereof.

         (o)  "Transfer  Agent" means a party  furnishing  services to the Trust
pursuant to any transfer agency contract described in Section 4.4 hereof.

         (p)  "Trust" means the trust created hereby.

         (q) "Trust  Property"  means any and all  property,  real or  personal,
tangible  or  intangible,  which is owned or held by or for the  account  of the
Trust or the  Trustees,  including,  without  limitation,  any and all  property
allocated or belonging to any series of Shares pursuant to Section 6.9 hereof.

         (r) "Trustees"  means the persons who have signed the  Declaration,  so
long as they shall continue in office in accordance  with the terms hereof,  and
all  other  persons  who may from  time to time be duly  elected  or  appointed,
qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions  hereof, and
reference


<PAGE>


                                       3

herein to a Trustee or the  Trustees  shall  refer to such  person or persons in
their capacity as trustees hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    TRUSTEES

         Section 2.1.  Number of Trustees.  The number of Trustees shall be such
number as shall be fixed from time to time by a written  instrument  signed by a
majority of the Trustees,  provided,  however, that the number of Trustees shall
in no event be less than three nor more than 15.

         Section 2.2. Term of Office of Trustees.  Subject to the  provisions of
Section  16(a) of the 1940 Act,  the  Trustees  shall  hold  office  during  the
lifetime of this Trust and until its termination as hereinafter provided; except
that (a) any Trustee may resign his trust  (without need for prior or subsequent
accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by him and delivered to the other
Trustees,  which shall take effect upon such delivery or upon such later date as
is specified therein;  (b) any Trustee may be removed with cause, at any time by
written  instrument  signed by at least  two-thirds of the  remaining  Trustees,
specifying  the date when such removal shall become  effective;  (c) any Trustee
who has attained a mandatory  retirement age established pursuant to any written
policy  adopted form time to time by at least two thirds of the Trustees  shall,
automatically and without action of such Trustee or the remaining  Trustees,  be
deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such policy, effective as
of the date determined in accordance  with such policy;  (d) any Trustee who has
become  incapacitated  by illness or injury as  determined  by a majority of the
other Trustees, may be retired by written instrument signed by a majority of the
other Trustees,  specifying the date of his retirement; and (e) a Trustee may be
removed  at  any  meeting  of  Shareholders  by a  vote  of  two  thirds  of the
outstanding Shares of each series. For purposes of the foregoing clause (b), the
term "cause" shall  include,  but not be limited to, failure to comply with such
written  policies  as may from time to time be adopted by at least two thirds of
the Trustees with respect to the conduct of Trustees and attendance at meetings.
Upon the  resignation,  retirement  or removal of a  Trustee,  or his  otherwise
ceasing to be a Trustee,  he shall  execute and deliver  such  documents  as the
remaining  Trustees  shall  require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or
the remaining  Trustees any Trust  Property  held in the name of the  resigning,
retiring or removed  Trustee.  Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee,  his
legal  representative  shall execute and deliver on his behalf such documents as
the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.

         Section 2.3.  Resignation and  Appointment of Trustees.  In case of the
declination, death, resignation,  retirement, removal or inability of any of the
Trustees, or in case a vacancy shall, by reason of an increase in number, or for
any other  reason,  exist,  the  remaining  Trustees  shall fill such vacancy by
appointing such other individual as they in their discretion shall see fit. Such
appointment  shall be evidenced by a written  instrument signed by a majority of
the  Trustees  in  office.  Any such  appointment  shall not  become  effective,
however,  until the person named in the written  instrument of appointment shall
have accepted in writing such  appointment  and agreed in writing to be bound by
the terms of the Declaration. Within twelve months of such appointment, the


<PAGE>


                                       4

Trustees shall cause notice of such appointment to be mailed to each Shareholder
at his address as recorded on the books of the  Trustees.  An  appointment  of a
Trustee may be made by the Trustees then in office and notice  thereof mailed to
Shareholders  as  aforesaid in  anticipation  of a vacancy to occur by reason of
retirement,  resignation or increase in number of Trustees  effective at a later
date, provided that said appointment shall become effective only at or after the
effective  date of  said  retirement,  resignation  or  increase  in  number  of
Trustees.  The power of  appointment  is subject to the provisions of Section 16
(a) of the 1940 Act.

         Section   2.4.   Vacancies.   The  death,   declination,   resignation,
retirement, removal or incapacity of the Trustees, or any one of them, shall not
operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created  pursuant to
the terms of this  Declaration.  Whenever a vacancy  in the  number of  Trustees
shall  occur,  until such  vacancy is filled as  provided  in Section  2.3,  the
Trustees  in  office,  regardless  of their  number,  shall  have all the powers
granted to the  Trustees  and shall  discharge  all the duties  imposed upon the
Trustees by the Declaration.  A written  instrument  certifying the existence of
such vacancy signed by a majority of the Trustees  shall be conclusive  evidence
of the existence of such vacancy.

         Section 2.5. Delegation of Power to Other Trustees. Any Trustee may, by
power of attorney,  delegate his power for a period not  exceeding six months at
any one time to any other  Trustee or Trustees;  provided  that in no case shall
fewer than two Trustees  personally  exercise the powers granted to the Trustees
under the Declaration except as herein otherwise expressly provided.

                                  ARTICLE III

                               POWERS OF TRUSTEES

         Section 3.1.  General.  The Trustees  shall have exclusive and absolute
control  over the Trust  Property and over the business of the Trust to the same
extent  as if the  Trustees  were the sole  owners  of the  Trust  Property  and
business  in their own  right,  but with such  powers  of  delegation  as may be
permitted  by the  Declaration.  The  Trustees  shall have power to conduct  the
business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches
and maintain offices both within and without the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts,
in any and all  states of the  United  States of  America,  in the  District  of
Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies,
possessions,  agencies or  instrumentalities of the United States of America and
of foreign  governments,  and to do all such other  things and  execute all such
instruments  as the  Trustees  deem  necessary,  proper or desirable in order to
promote  the  interests  of the  Trust  although  such  things  are  not  herein
specifically mentioned.  Any determination as to what is in the interests of the
Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
provisions of the Declaration,  the presumption  shall be in favor of a grant of
power to the Trustees.

         The  enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as
limiting  the  aforesaid  power.  Such powers of the  Trustees  may be exercised
without order of or resort to any court.



<PAGE>


                                       5

         Section 3.2. Investments. (a) The Trustees shall have the power:

         (i)  to conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment
company;

         (ii) to subscribe for,  invest in,  reinvest in,  purchase or otherwise
acquire, own, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer,  exchange,  distribute, lend
or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies, any form of gold
or other  precious  metal,  commodity  contracts,  any form of option  contract,
contracts  for the  future  acquisition  or  delivery  of fixed  income or other
securities,  shares  of, or any other  interest  in, any  investment  company as
defined in the 1940 Act, and securities and related  derivatives of every nature
and kind, including, without limitation, all types of bonds, debentures, stocks,
negotiable   or   non-negotiable   instruments,    obligations,   evidences   of
indebtedness,   certificates  of  deposit  or  indebtedness,  commercial  paper,
repurchase agreements,  bankers' acceptances,  and other securities of any kind,
issued,  created,  guaranteed  or sponsored  by any and all Persons,  including,
without limitation,

         (A) states,  territories  and  possessions of the United States and the
District of Columbia and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of
any such Person,

         (B)  the  U.S.  Government,   any  foreign  government,  any  political
subdivision or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, any foreign
government or any political  subdivision  of the U.S.  Government or any foreign
government,

         (C) any international or supranational instrumentality,

         (D) any bank or savings institution, or

         (E) any corporation, trust, partnership or other organization organized
under the laws of the United  States or of any state,  territory  or  possession
thereof, or under any foreign law;

or in "when issued" contracts for any such securities, to retain Trust assets in
cash and from time to time to change the  securities or obligations in which the
assets of the Trust are invested; and to exercise any and all rights, powers and
privileges  of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such  investments
of every  kind and  description,  including,  without  limitation,  the right to
consent and otherwise act with respect  thereto,  with power to designate one or
more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of
any of said investments; and

         (iii) to carry on any other  business in connection  with or incidental
to any of the foregoing powers, to do everything necessary,  proper or desirable
for the  accomplishment  of any purpose or the  attainment  of any object or the
furtherance of any power  hereinbefore  set forth,  and to do every other act or
thing  incidental or appurtenant  to or connected  with the aforesaid  purposes,
objects or powers.

         (b) The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in securities or
obligations maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the


<PAGE>


                                       6

Trustees be limited by any law  limiting  the  investments  which may be made by
fiduciaries.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  Declaration  to the
contrary,  the  Trustees  shall have the power in their  discretion  without any
requirement of approval by shareholders to either invest all or a portion of the
Trust  Property,  or sell all or a portion of the Trust  Property and invest the
proceeds of such sales, in another  investment  company that is registered under
the 1940 Act.

         Section 3.3.  Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust  Property shall be
vested in the  Trustees as joint  tenants  except that the  Trustees  shall have
power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of
one or more of the Trustees,  or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any
other Person or nominee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine. The right,
title  and  interest  of  the  Trustees  in  the  Trust   Property   shall  vest
automatically  in each  Person  who may  hereafter  become a  Trustee.  Upon the
resignation,  removal or death of a Trustee,  such Trustee  shall  automatically
cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the
right,  title and  interest  of such  Trustee in the Trust  Property  shall vest
automatically  in the  remaining  Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of title
shall be effective whether or not conveyancing  documents have been executed and
delivered.

         Section 3.4. Issuance and Repurchase of Securities.  The Trustees shall
have the power to issue, sell,  repurchase,  redeem,  retire,  cancel,  acquire,
hold, resell,  reissue,  dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in Shares and,
subject to the provisions set forth in Articles VII, VIII and IX and Section 6.9
hereof, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or
acquisition  of Shares any funds of the Trust or other  Trust  Property  whether
capital or surplus or otherwise,  to the full extent now or hereafter  permitted
by  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of   Massachusetts   governing   business
corporations.

         Section 3.5.  Borrowing  Money;  Lending Trust  Property.  The Trustees
shall have power to borrow  money or otherwise  obtain  credit and to secure the
same by  mortgaging,  pledging or  otherwise  subjecting  as security  the Trust
Property, to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation,
contract or engagement of any other Person and to lend Trust Property.

         Section 3.6. Delegation;  Committees.  The Trustees shall have power to
delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers,  employees or
agents  of the  Trust  the  doing  of  such  things  and the  execution  of such
instruments  either  in the name of the Trust or the  names of the  Trustees  or
otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

         Section 3.7. Collection and Payment. Subject to Section 6.9 hereof, the
Trustees  shall have power to collect all property due to the Trust;  to pay all
claims,  including  taxes,  against the Trust  Property;  to prosecute,  defend,
compromise or abandon any claims  relating to the Trust  Property;  to foreclose
any security interest securing any obligations,  by virtue of which any property
is  owed  to the  Trust;  and to  enter  into  releases,  agreements  and  other
instruments.



<PAGE>


                                       7

         Section  3.8.  Expenses.  Subject to Section 6.9 hereof,  the  Trustees
shall have the power to incur and pay any  expenses  which in the opinion of the
Trustees  are  necessary or  incidental  to carry out any of the purposes of the
Declaration,  and to pay reasonable  compensation from the funds of the Trust to
themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
employees and Trustees.

         Section 3.9. Manner of Acting;  By-Laws.  Except as otherwise  provided
herein or in the By-Laws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken by
a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of Trustees at which a quorum is
present,  including any meeting held by means of a conference  telephone circuit
or similar communications  equipment by means of which all persons participating
in the meeting can hear each other, or by written  consents of a majority of the
Trustees.  The Trustees may adopt By-Laws not inconsistent with this Declaration
to provide for the conduct of the  business of the Trust and may amend or repeal
such By-Laws to the extent such power is not reserved to the Shareholders.

         Section 3.10.  Miscellaneous  Powers. The Trustees shall have the power
to: (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem  desirable
for the transaction of the business of the Trust; (b) enter into joint ventures,
partnerships and any other combinations or associations;  (c) remove Trustees or
fill  vacancies in or add to their  number,  elect and remove such  officers and
appoint and terminate such agents or employees as they consider appropriate, and
appoint from their own number,  and terminate,  any one or more committees which
may  exercise  some or all of the power and  authority  of the  Trustees  as the
Trustees  may  determine;  (d)  purchase,  and pay for  out of  Trust  Property,
insurance  policies  insuring the  Shareholders,  the  Administrator,  Trustees,
officers,  employees, agents, the Investment Adviser, the Distributor,  selected
dealers or  independent  contractors  of the Trust against all claims arising by
reason of holding any such  position or by reason of any action taken or omitted
by any such Person in such capacity,  whether or not constituting negligence, or
whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify  such Person  against
such liability; (e) establish pension, profit-sharing, Share purchase, and other
retirement, incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees or
agents of the Trust;  (f) to the extent  permitted by law,  indemnify any person
with  whom  the  Trust  has   dealings,   including  any   Investment   Adviser,
Administrator,  Custodian,  Distributor,  Transfer Agent,  Shareholder Servicing
Agent and any  dealer,  to such  extent as the  Trustees  shall  determine;  (g)
guarantee  indebtedness or contractual  obligations of others; (h) determine and
change the fiscal year of the Trust and the method by which its  accounts  shall
be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, provided,  that the absence of such
seal shall not impair the validity of any  instrument  executed on behalf of the
Trust.

         Section 3.11. Principal Transactions.  Except in transactions permitted
by the 1940  Act,  or any  order of  exemption  issued  by the  Commission,  the
Trustees  shall not,  on behalf of the Trust,  buy any  securities  (other  than
Shares) from or sell any  securities  (other than Shares) to, or lend any assets
of the Trust to,  any  Trustee  or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any
such  Trustee  or  officer  is a member  acting as  principal,  or have any such
dealings  with any  Investment  Adviser,  Administrator,  Shareholder  Servicing
Agent, Custodian, Distributor or Transfer Agent or with any Interested Person of
such Person; but


<PAGE>


                                       8

the Trust may, upon customary terms,  employ any such Person, or firm or company
in which  such  Person  is an  Interested  Person,  as  broker,  legal  counsel,
registrar, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent or custodian.

         Section  3.12.  Trustees  and  Officers  as  Shareholders.   Except  as
hereinafter provided, no officer, Trustee or member of any advisory board of the
Trust, and no member,  partner,  officer,  director or trustee of the Investment
Adviser,  Administrator  or of  the  Distributor,  and  no  Investment  Adviser,
Administrator or Distributor of the Trust, shall take long or short positions in
the securities issued by the Trust. The foregoing provision shall not prevent:

         (a) The  Distributor  from  purchasing  Shares  from the  Trust if such
purchases are limited  (except for reasonable  allowances  for clerical  errors,
delays and errors of transmission  and  cancellation of orders) to purchases for
the  purpose  of  filling  orders for Shares  received  by the  Distributor  and
provided  that orders to purchase  from the Trust are entered  with the Trust or
the Custodian  promptly upon receipt by the  Distributor of purchase  orders for
Shares, unless the Distributor is otherwise instructed by its customer;

         (b) The Distributor from purchasing  Shares as agent for the account of
the Trust;

         (c) The purchase  from the Trust or from the  Distributor  of Shares by
any  officer,  Trustee  or member of any  advisory  board of the Trust or by any
member,  partner,  officer,  director or trustee of the Investment Adviser or of
the  Distributor  at a price not lower than the net asset value of the Shares at
the moment of such  purchase,  provided  that any such sales are only to be made
pursuant to a uniform offer described in the current  prospectus or statement of
additional information for the Shares being purchased; or

         (d) The Investment Adviser, the Distributor, the Administrator,  or any
of their officers,  partners, directors or trustees from purchasing Shares prior
to the effective date of the Trust's registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the Shares.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR, ADMINISTRATOR, TRANSFER AGENT
                        AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICING AGENTS

         Section 4.1. Investment Adviser. Subject to a Majority Shareholder Vote
of the  Shares  of each  series  affected  thereby,  the  Trustees  may in their
discretion  from time to time  enter  into one or more  investment  advisory  or
management  contracts  whereby  the  other  party to each  such  contract  shall
undertake to furnish the Trust such management, investment advisory, statistical
and research  facilities and services,  promotional  activities,  and such other
facilities  and services,  if any, with respect to one or more series of Shares,
as the Trustees  shall from time to time  consider  desirable  and all upon such
terms  and  conditions  as the  Trustees  may  in  their  discretion  determine.
Notwithstanding  any provision of the Declaration,  the Trustees may delegate to
the  Investment   Adviser  authority   (subject  to  such  general  or  specific
instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to effect purchases,


<PAGE>


                                       9

sales,  loans or  exchanges  of assets of the Trust on behalf of the Trustees or
may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect such purchases,  sales,
loans or exchanges  pursuant to  recommendations  of the Investment Adviser (and
all without further action by the Trustees). Any of such purchases, sales, loans
or exchanges shall be deemed to have been  authorized by all the Trustees.  Such
services may be provided by one or more Persons.

         Section 4.2.  Distributor.  The Trustees may in their  discretion  from
time to time enter into one or more  distribution  contracts  providing  for the
sale of Shares  whereby  the Trust may  either  agree to sell the  Shares to the
other party to any such contract or appoint any such other party its sales agent
for such Shares.  In either case,  any such contract  shall be on such terms and
conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine, provided that such
terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Declaration
or the By-Laws; and such contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of
Shares by such other party as principal or as agent of the Trust and may provide
that such other party may enter into selected  dealer and sales  agreements with
registered securities dealers and depository institutions to further the purpose
of the  distribution or repurchase of the Shares.  Such services may be provided
by one or more Persons.

         Section 4.3.  Administrator.  The Trustees may in their discretion from
time to time enter into one or more  administrative  services  contracts whereby
the  other  party  to  each  such  contract  shall  undertake  to  furnish  such
administrative  services  to the Trust as the  Trustees  shall from time to time
consider desirable and all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in
their  discretion  determine,  provided that such terms and  conditions  are not
inconsistent  with the  provisions  of this  Declaration  or the  By-Laws.  Such
services may be provided by one or more Persons.

         Section 4.4.  Transfer  Agent and  Shareholder  Servicing  Agents.  The
Trustees  may in  their  discretion  from  time to time  enter  into one or more
transfer agency and shareholder  servicing  contracts whereby the other party to
each such  contract  shall  undertake to furnish  such  transfer  agency  and/or
shareholder  services  to the  Trust  or to  shareholders  of the  Trust  as the
Trustees shall from time to time consider  desirable and all upon such terms and
conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine, provided that such
terms  and  conditions  are  not  inconsistent   with  the  provisions  of  this
Declaration  or the  By-Laws.  Such  services  may be  provided  by one or  more
Persons.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable  shareholder  servicing
contract,  a Shareholder  Servicing Agent shall be deemed to be the record owner
of  outstanding  Shares  beneficially  owned by  customers  of such  Shareholder
Servicing  Agent for whom it is acting  pursuant to such  shareholder  servicing
contract.

         Section  4.5.  Parties  to  Contract.  Any  contract  of the  character
described  in Section 4.1,  4.2, 4.3 or 4.4 of this Article IV or any  Custodian
contract as  described  in Article X of the By-Laws may be entered into with any
Person,  although one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an
officer, partner, director, trustee,  shareholder, or member of such other party
to the contract,  and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
by


<PAGE>


                                       10

reason of the existence of any such  relationship;  nor shall any Person holding
such  relationship be liable merely by reason of such  relationship for any loss
or expense to the Trust under or by reason of any such  contract or  accountable
for any profit  realized  directly or  indirectly  therefrom,  provided that the
contract  when entered into was not  inconsistent  with the  provisions  of this
Article IV or the  By-Laws.  The same Person may be the other party to contracts
entered into  pursuant to Sections  4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 above or any Custodian
contract as  described in Article X of the By-Laws,  and any  individual  may be
financially  interested or otherwise  affiliated with Persons who are parties to
any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.5.

                                   ARTICLE V

                   LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OF SHAREHOLDERS,
                              TRUSTEES AND OTHERS

         Section 5.1. No Personal Liability of Shareholders,  Trustees,  etc. No
Shareholder shall be subject to any personal liability  whatsoever to any Person
in connection  with Trust  Property or the acts,  obligations  or affairs of the
Trust. No Trustee,  officer,  employee or agent of the Trust shall be subject to
any personal  liability  whatsoever  to any Person,  other than the Trust or its
Shareholders,  in  connection  with Trust  Property or the affairs of the Trust,
save only that arising from bad faith, wilful  misfeasance,  gross negligence or
reckless  disregard for his duty to such Person; and all such Persons shall look
solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in
connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder,  Trustee, officer,
employee,  or  agent,  as  such,  of the  Trust,  is made a party to any suit or
proceeding to enforce any such liability,  he shall not, on account thereof,  be
held to any  personal  liability.  The  Trust  shall  indemnify  and  hold  each
Shareholder  harmless from and against all claims and  liabilities to which such
Shareholder  may  become  subject  by  reason  of his  being  or  having  been a
Shareholder,  and  shall  reimburse  such  Shareholder  for all  legal and other
expenses  reasonably  incurred  by him in  connection  with  any  such  claim or
liability. The rights accruing to a Shareholder under this Section 5.1 shall not
exclude any other right to which such Shareholder may be lawfully entitled,  nor
shall anything herein contained  restrict the right of the Trust to indemnify or
reimburse  a  Shareholder   in  any   appropriate   situation  even  though  not
specifically  provided  herein.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this
Declaration  to the contrary,  no Trust  Property  shall be used to indemnify or
reimburse  any  Shareholder  of any Shares of any series or class  thereof other
than Trust Property  allocated or belonging to that series,  or allocable to the
class thereof.

         Section  5.2.  Non-Liability  of  Trustees,  etc. No Trustee,  officer,
employee  or  agent  of  the  Trust  shall  be  liable  to the  Trust  or to any
Shareholder,  Trustee,  officer,  employee,  or agent  thereof for any action or
failure to act  (including  without  limitation the failure to compel in any way
any former or acting  Trustee to redress any breach of trust) except for his own
bad faith,  wilful  misfeasance,  gross negligence or reckless  disregard of his
duties.

         Section 5.3. Mandatory  Indemnification;  Insurance. (a) Subject to the
exceptions and limitations contained in paragraph (b) below:


<PAGE>


                                       11


         (i) every  person  who is or has been a Trustee or officer of the Trust
shall be  indemnified  by the Trust,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law
(including the 1940 Act) as currently in effect or as hereafter amended, against
all  liability  and against all expenses  reasonably  incurred or paid by him in
connection  with any  claim,  action,  suit or  proceeding  in which he  becomes
involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been a Trustee
or  officer  and  against  amounts  paid or  incurred  by him in the  settlement
thereof;

         (ii) the words "claim",  "action",  "suit", or "proceeding" shall apply
to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or
other, including appeals),  actual or threatened;  and the words "liability" and
"expenses" shall include, without limitation, attorneys' fees, costs, judgments,
amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

         (b)  No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Trustee or
officer:

         (i) against any liability to the Trust or the Shareholders by reason of
a final  adjudication by the court or other body before which the proceeding was
brought that he engaged in wilful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence or
reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office;

         (ii) with  respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally
adjudicated  not to have acted in good faith in the  reasonable  belief that his
action was in the best interest of the Trust; or

         (iii) in the event of a settlement  involving a payment by a Trustee or
officer or other  disposition not involving a final  adjudication as provided in
paragraph  (b) (i) or (b) (ii)  above  resulting  in a payment  by a Trustee  or
officer,  unless  there has been  either a  determination  that such  Trustee or
officer did not engage in wilful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross  negligence or
reckless  disregard  of the duties  involved in the conduct of his office by the
court or other  body  approving  the  settlement  or other  disposition  or by a
reasonable  determination,  based upon a review of readily  available  facts (as
opposed to a full trial-type inquiry) that he did not engage in such conduct:

         (a) by vote of a majority of the  Disinterested  Trustees acting on the
matter  (provided that a majority of the  Disinterested  Trustees then in office
act on the matter); or

         (b)  by written opinion of independent legal counsel.

         (c) Subject to the  provisions  of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain
insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders,  Trustees,
officers,  employees  and  agents in such  amount  as the  Trustees  shall  deem
adequate to cover possible tort  liability  (whether or not the Trust would have
the power to indemnify  such Persons  against  such  liability),  and such other
insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable.

         (d) The rights of  indemnification  herein provided shall be severable,
shall not affect  any other  rights to which any  Trustee or officer  may now or
hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to be such


<PAGE>


                                       12

a Trustee or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors and
administrators of such Person.  Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights
to  indemnification  to which  personnel other than Trustees and officers may be
entitled by contract or otherwise under law.

         (e) Expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim,
action,  suit, or proceeding of the character described in paragraph (a) of this
Section 5.3 shall be advanced  by the Trust prior to final  disposition  thereof
upon receipt of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of the  recipient to repay such
amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification
under this Section 5.3, provided that either:

         (i)  such  undertaking  is  secured  by a  surety  bond or  some  other
appropriate security or the Trust shall be insured against losses arising out of
any such advances; or

         (ii) a  majority  of the  Disinterested  Trustees  acting on the matter
(provided  that a majority of the  Disinterested  Trustees then in office act on
the  matter)  or an  independent  legal  counsel  in a  written  opinion,  shall
determine,  based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
trial-type  inquiry),  that  there is  reason  to  believe  that  the  recipient
ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

         As used in this Section 5.3 a "Disinterested Trustee" is one (i) who is
not an "Interested  Person" of the Trust (including anyone who has been exempted
from  being an  "Interested  Person"  by any  rule,  regulation  or order of the
Commission),  and  (ii)  against  whom  none of such  actions,  suits  or  other
proceedings or another action,  suit or other  proceeding on the same or similar
grounds is then or had been pending.

         Section  5.4.  No Bond  Required  of  Trustees.  No  Trustee  shall  be
obligated to give any bond or other  security for the  performance of any of his
duties hereunder.

         Section  5.5. No Duty of  Investigation;  Notice in Trust  Instruments,
etc. No purchaser,  lender, Shareholder Servicing Agent, Transfer Agent or other
Person dealing with the Trustees or any officer,  employee or agent of the Trust
shall be bound to make any inquiry  concerning  the validity of any  transaction
purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said  officer,  employee or agent or
be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to
or on the order of the  Trustees or of said  officer,  employee or agent.  Every
obligation,  contract,  instrument,  certificate,  Share,  other security of the
Trust or  undertaking,  and every  other  act or thing  whatsoever  executed  in
connection with the Trust shall be  conclusively  presumed to have been executed
or done by the executors  thereof only in their  capacity as Trustees  under the
Declaration or in their capacity as officers,  employees or agents of the Trust.
Every  written  obligation,  contract,  instrument,  certificate,  Share,  other
security of the Trust or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees shall recite
that the same is  executed  or made by them not  individually,  but as  Trustees
under the  Declaration,  and that the obligations of any such instrument are not
binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually, but bind only the
trust  estate,  and may contain any  further  recital  which they or he may deem
appropriate, but


<PAGE>


                                       13

the  omission of such  recital  shall not operate to bind any of the Trustees or
Shareholders  individually.  The Trustees shall at all times maintain  insurance
for the  protection of the Trust  Property,  Shareholders,  Trustees,  officers,
employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover
possible tort liability,  and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole
judgment shall deem advisable.

         Section  5.6.  Reliance on Experts,  etc.  Each  Trustee and officer or
employee of the Trust  shall,  in the  performance  of his duties,  be fully and
completely  justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act
resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records
of the Trust,  upon an opinion of counsel,  or upon reports made to the Trust by
any of its officers or employees or by the Investment Adviser,  the Distributor,
Transfer Agent, any Shareholder Servicing Agent, selected dealers,  accountants,
appraisers or other experts or consultants  selected with reasonable care by the
Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel
or expert may also be a Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

         Section 6.1.  Beneficial  Interest.  The interest of the  beneficiaries
hereunder may be divided into transferable Shares, which may be divided into one
or more series as provided  in Section 6.9 hereof.  Each such series  shall have
such class or classes of Shares as the Trustees may from time to time determine.
The number of Shares  authorized  hereunder  is  unlimited.  All  Shares  issued
hereunder  including,  without  limitation,  Shares issued in connection  with a
dividend in Shares or a split of Shares, shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

         Section  6.2.  Rights  of  Shareholders.  The  ownership  of the  Trust
Property of every description and the right to conduct any business hereinbefore
described are vested  exclusively in the Trustees,  and the  Shareholders  shall
have no interest therein other than the beneficial  interest  conferred by their
Shares,  and they shall have no right to call for any  partition  or division of
any property,  profits,  rights or interests of the Trust nor can they be called
upon to assume  any losses of the Trust or suffer an  assessment  of any kind by
virtue of their  ownership  of Shares.  The Shares  shall be  personal  property
giving only the rights  specifically  set forth in the  Declaration.  The Shares
shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or
exchange rights, except as the Trustees may determine with respect to any series
or class of Shares.

         Section 6.3.  Trust Only. It is the intention of the Trustees to create
only the  relationship of trustee and  beneficiary  between the Trustees and the
Shareholders.  It is not the  intention  of the  Trustees  to  create a  general
partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment
or any form of legal relationship other than a trust. Nothing in the Declaration
shall be construed to make the  Shareholders,  either by  themselves or with the
Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.



<PAGE>


                                       14

         Section 6.4. Issuance of Shares. The Trustees, in their discretion may,
from time to time without vote of the Shareholders, issue Shares, in addition to
the then issued and outstanding Shares and Shares held in the treasury,  to such
party or parties and for such amount and type of  consideration,  including cash
or property,  and on such terms as the  Trustees may deem best,  and may in such
manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
in connection, with the assumption of liabilities) and businesses. In connection
with any  issuance of Shares,  the  Trustees may issue  fractional  Shares.  The
Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any series into a
greater or lesser number without thereby changing their proportionate beneficial
interests in Trust Property allocated or belonging to such series. Contributions
to the Trust may be accepted  for, and Shares shall be redeemed as, whole Shares
and/or fractions of a Share.

         Section 6.5.  Register of Shares. A register or registers shall be kept
at the  principal  office of the Trust or at an  office  of the  Transfer  Agent
(and/or any sub-transfer agent which may be a Shareholder Servicing Agent) which
register or registers,  taken together, shall contain the names and addresses of
the Shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record
of all transfers  thereof.  Such register or registers shall be conclusive as to
who are the holders of the Shares and who shall be entitled to receive dividends
or  distributions  or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders.
No  Shareholder  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  payment  of any  dividend  or
distribution,  nor to have  notice  given  to him as  herein  or in the  By-Laws
provided,  until he has given his address to the Transfer  Agent, a sub-transfer
agent,  or such other  officer or agent of the  Trustees  as shall keep the said
register for entry thereon.  It is not contemplated  that  certificates  will be
issued for the Shares; however, the Trustees, in their discretion, may authorize
the  issuance  of  Share  certificates  and  promulgate  appropriate  rules  and
regulations as to their use.

         Section 6.6.  Transfer of Shares.  Shares shall be  transferable on the
records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by his agent thereunto
duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees, the Transfer Agent or
a sub-transfer agent, of a duly executed  instrument of transfer,  together with
any certificate or certificates (if issued) for such Shares and such evidence of
the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters as
may reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on
the register of the Trust.  Until such record is made, the Shareholder of record
shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes  hereunder  and
neither the Trustees nor any Transfer  Agent, a sub-transfer  agent or registrar
nor any officer,  employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice
of the proposed transfer.

         Any person becoming entitled to any Shares in consequence of the death,
bankruptcy,  or  incompetence of any  Shareholder,  or otherwise by operation of
law,  shall be recorded  on the  register of Shares as the holder of such Shares
upon  production of the proper  evidence  thereof to the Trustees,  the Transfer
Agent or a sub-transfer agent; but until such record is made, the Shareholder of
record  shall  be  deemed  to be the  holder  of such  Shares  for all  purposes
hereunder and neither the Trustees nor any Transfer Agent, sub-transfer agent or
registrar nor


<PAGE>


                                       15

any officer or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of such death,
bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation of law.

         Section 6.7. Notices.  Any and all notices to which any Shareholder may
be entitled and any and all communications  shall be deemed duly served or given
if mailed,  postage prepaid,  addressed to any Shareholder of record at his last
known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.

         Section 6.8. Voting Powers.  The Shareholders  shall have power to vote
only (i) for the removal of  Trustees  as  provided in Section 2.2 hereof,  (ii)
with respect to any  investment  advisory or management  contract as provided in
Section 4.1 hereof,  (iii) with respect to  termination of the Trust as provided
in Section 9.2 hereof, (iv) with respect to any amendment of this Declaration to
the extent  and as  provided  in Section  9.3  hereof,  (v) with  respect to any
merger,  consolidation  or sale of assets as provided  in  Sections  9.4 and 9.6
hereof,  (vi) with  respect to  incorporation  of the Trust or any series to the
extent and as provided in Sections 9.5 and 9.6 hereof,  (vii) to the same extent
as the stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not
a court  action,  proceeding  or  claim  should  or  should  not be  brought  or
maintained  derivatively  or as a class  action  on  behalf  of the Trust or the
Shareholders, and (viii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the
Trust as may be required by the Declaration,  the By-Laws or any registration of
the Trust with the Commission (or any successor  agency) or any state, or as the
Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. Each whole Share shall be entitled
to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional
Share shall be entitled to a proportionate  fractional vote,  except that Shares
held in the  treasury of the Trust shall not be voted.  Shares shall be voted by
individual series or class on any matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders
of the Trust  except as provided  in Section  6.9(g)  hereof.  There shall be no
cumulative  voting in the  election of Trustees.  Until  Shares are issued,  the
Trustees  may  exercise  all  rights  of  Shareholders  and may take any  action
required by law, the Declaration or the By-Laws to be taken by Shareholders.  At
any meeting of Shareholders of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust,
a Shareholder  Servicing Agent may vote any shares as to which such  Shareholder
Servicing  Agent is the agent of record and which are not otherwise  represented
in person or by proxy at the meeting,  proportionately  in  accordance  with the
votes cast by  beneficial  owners of all  shares  otherwise  represented  at the
meeting in person or by proxy as to which such  Shareholder  Servicing  Agent is
the agent of record.  Any shares so voted by a Shareholder  Servicing Agent will
be deemed  represented  at the  meeting  for quorum  purposes.  The  By-Laws may
include  further  provisions  for  Shareholder  votes and  meetings  and related
matters.

         Section 6.9. Series and Class  Designation.  As set forth in Appendix I
hereto,  the  Trustees  have  authorized  the division of Shares into series and
classes, as designated and established  pursuant to the provisions of Appendix I
and this Section 6.9. The  Trustees,  in their  discretion,  may  authorize  the
division of Shares into one or more additional series, which may be divided into
one or more classes,  and the different  series and classes shall be established
and  designated,  and the  variations  in the relative  rights,  privileges  and
preferences  as between  the  different  series and  classes  shall be fixed and
determined by the Trustees upon and subject to the following provisions:



<PAGE>


                                       16

         (a) All  Shares  shall  be  identical  except  that  there  may be such
variations as shall be fixed and  determined by the Trustees  between  different
series and different  classes thereof as to purchase price,  right of redemption
and the price,  terms and manner of redemption,  and special and relative rights
as to dividends and on liquidation.

         (b) The  number of  authorized  Shares and the number of Shares of each
series or  classes  that may be issued  shall be  unlimited.  The  Trustees  may
classify or reclassify any unissued Shares or any Shares  previously  issued and
reacquired  of any series or classes into one or more series or classes that may
be  established  and  designated  from time to time.  The  Trustees  may hold as
treasury  shares (of the same or some other  series or class),  reissue for such
consideration  and on such terms as they may determine,  or cancel any Shares of
any series or class  reacquired  by the Trust at their  discretion  from time to
time.

         (c) All consideration received by the Trust for the issuance or sale of
Shares  of  a  particular  series,  together  with  all  assets  in  which  such
consideration  is  invested  or  reinvested,  all income and  earnings  thereon,
profits therefrom, and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the
sale,  exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived
from any  reinvestment  of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall
irrevocably  belong to that  series  (and are  allocable  to any classes of that
series)  for all  purposes,  subject  only to the  rights of  creditors  of such
series,  and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the Trust. In the
event that there are any assets, income, earnings,  profits,  proceeds, funds or
payments  which are not readily  identifiable  as  belonging  to any  particular
series,  the Trustees  shall  allocate  them to and among any one or more of the
series and the classes  thereof  established and designated from time to time in
such manner and on such basis as the Trustees,  in their sole  discretion,  deem
fair and equitable. Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive and
binding upon the  Shareholders  of all series and classes for all  purposes.  No
Shareholder of any particular series or class thereof shall have any claim on or
right to any assets allocated or belonging to any other series, and allocable to
any class thereof, of Shares.

         (d) The assets  belonging to each particular  series,  and allocable to
any class thereof, shall be charged with the liabilities of the Trust in respect
of that series,  and allocable to any class  thereof,  and all expenses,  costs,
charges and reserves  attributable  to that series,  and  allocable to any class
thereof,  and any general liabilities,  expenses,  costs, charges or reserves of
the Trust which are not readily  identifiable  as  belonging  to any  particular
series or class shall be allocated  and charged by the Trustees to and among any
one or more of the series and the classes  thereof  established  and  designated
from time to time in such  manner  and on such basis as the  Trustees,  in their
sole  discretion,  deem fair and  equitable.  Each  allocation  of  liabilities,
expenses,  costs,  charges and reserves by the Trustees  shall be conclusive and
binding upon the  Shareholders  of all series and classes for all purposes.  The
Trustees shall have full  discretion,  to the extent not  inconsistent  with the
1940 Act, to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as
capital;  and each such  determination  and  allocation  shall be conclusive and
binding upon the Shareholders. Under no circumstances shall the assets allocated
or belonging to


<PAGE>


                                       17

any particular  series or class be charged with  liabilities,  expenses,  costs,
charges or reserves  attributable to any other series or class.  All Persons who
have extended  credit which has been allocated to a particular  series or class,
or who have a claim or  contract  which  has been  allocated  to any  particular
series or class,  shall  look only to the  assets of that  particular  series or
class for payment of such credit, claim or contract.

         (e) The power of the Trustees to invest and reinvest the Trust Property
allocated or belonging to any particular series shall be governed by Section 3.2
hereof unless otherwise provided in the instrument of the Trustees  establishing
such series which is hereinafter described.

         (f) Each Share of a series or of any class  thereof  shall  represent a
beneficial  interest in the net assets  allocated  or  belonging  to such series
only, and such interest  shall not extend to the assets of the Trust  generally.
Dividends  and  distributions  on Shares of a particular  series or of any class
thereof may be paid with such frequency as the Trustees may determine, which may
be monthly or otherwise,  pursuant to a standing vote or votes adopted only once
or with such frequency as the Trustees may  determine,  to the  Shareholders  of
that series or class only, from such of the income and capital gains, accrued or
realized,  from the assets belonging to that series, or allocable to that class,
as  the  Trustees  may  determine,   after  providing  for  actual  and  accrued
liabilities  belonging to that series or allocable to that class.  All dividends
and  distributions  on Shares of a particular  series or class  thereof shall be
distributed  pro rata to the  Shareholders  of that series in  proportion to the
number of Shares of that series or class held by such  Shareholders  at the date
and  time  of  record   established   for  the  payment  of  such  dividends  or
distributions. Shares of any particular series or class thereof of the Trust may
be redeemed  solely out of Trust Property  allocated or belonging to that series
or class. Upon liquidation or termination of a series of the Trust, Shareholders
of such  series  shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the net assets
of such series (or allocable to that series) only.

         (g) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, on any matter
submitted to a vote of the  Shareholders of the Trust,  all Shares then entitled
to vote  shall be voted by  individual  series  or class,  except  that (i) when
required by the 1940 Act to be voted in the aggregate, Shares shall not be voted
by individual series or classes, and (ii) when the Trustees have determined that
the matter affects only the interests of  Shareholders  of one or more series or
class,  only  Shareholders  of such  series or class  shall be  entitled to vote
thereon.

         (h) The  establishment and designation of any series or class of Shares
shall be  effective  upon the  execution  by a majority  of the  Trustees  of an
instrument  setting forth such  establishment  and  designation and the relative
rights and preferences of such series or class, or as otherwise provided in such
instrument,  or upon a resolution  adopted by a majority of the Trustees and the
execution by an officer of the Trust on behalf of the Trustees of an  instrument
setting forth such  establishment  and  designation  and the relative rights and
preferences  of  such  series  or  class,  or  as  otherwise  provided  in  such
instrument.  At any time that there are no Shares  outstanding of any particular
series or class  previously  established and designated,  the Trustees may by an
instrument


<PAGE>


                                       18

executed  by a majority  of their  number  abolish  that series or class and the
establishment  and  designation  thereof.  Each  instrument  referred to in this
paragraph shall have the status of an amendment to this Declaration.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  REDEMPTIONS

         Section 7.l Redemptions. In case any Shareholder at any time desires to
dispose of his Shares, he may deposit his certificate or certificates  therefor,
duly endorsed in blank or accompanied  by an instrument of transfer  executed in
blank,  or if the  Shares  are not  represented  by any  certificate,  a written
request  or other such form of  request  as the  Trustees  may from time to time
authorize,  at the office of the Transfer Agent, the Shareholder Servicing Agent
which is the agent of record for such Shareholder,  or at the office of any bank
or trust company,  either in or outside of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,
which is a member of the  Federal  Reserve  System  and which the said  Transfer
Agent or the said Shareholder Servicing Agent has designated in writing for that
purpose,  together with an irrevocable  offer in writing in a form acceptable to
the  Trustees  to sell the  Shares  represented  thereby to the Trust at the net
asset value per Share thereof, next determined after such deposit as provided in
Section 8.1 hereof.  Payment  for said Shares  shall be made to the  Shareholder
within  seven days after the date on which the  deposit is made,  unless (i) the
date of  payment  is  postponed  pursuant  to Section  7.2  hereof,  or (ii) the
receipt,  or verification of receipt, of the purchase price for the Shares to be
redeemed is delayed,  in either of which  events  payment may be delayed  beyond
seven days.

         Section 7.2 Suspension of Right of Redemption.  The Trust may declare a
suspension  of the right of  redemption  or postpone  the date of payment of the
redemption proceeds for the whole or any part of any period (i) during which the
New York Stock  Exchange is closed  other than  customary  week-end  and holiday
closings,  (ii)  during  which  trading  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  is
restricted, (iii) during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal
by the Trust of securities  owned by it is not  reasonably  practicable or it is
not  reasonably  practicable  for the Trust fairly to determine the value of its
net  assets,  or  (iv)  during  which  the  Commission  for  the  protection  of
Shareholders  by order  permits the  suspension  of the right of  redemption  or
postponement  of the date of payment of the redemption  proceeds;  provided that
applicable  rules and  regulations of the Commission  shall govern as to whether
the conditions  prescribed in (ii),  (iii) or (iv) exist.  Such suspension shall
take effect at such time as the Trust shall specify but not later than the close
of business on the business day next  following the  declaration  of suspension,
and  thereafter  there  shall  be no  right  of  redemption  or  payment  of the
redemption  proceeds  until the Trust shall  declare the  suspension  at an end,
except  that the  suspension  shall  terminate  in any event on the first day on
which said stock exchange shall have reopened or the period specified in (ii) or
(iii) shall have expired (as to which,  in the absence of an official  ruling by
the Commission, the determination of the Trust shall be conclusive). In the case
of a suspension of the right of redemption,  a Shareholder  may either  withdraw
his  request  for  redemption  or receive  payment  based on the net asset value
existing after the termination of the suspension.


<PAGE>


                                       19


         Section  7.3.  Redemption  of Shares;  Disclosure  of  Holding.  If the
Trustees  shall, at any time and in good faith, be of the opinion that direct or
indirect ownership of Shares has or may become  concentrated in any Person to an
extent  which  would  disqualify  the Trust,  or any  series of the Trust,  as a
regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Code"),  then the  Trustees  shall  have the power by lot or other  means
deemed  equitable by them (i) to call for redemption by any such Person a number
of Shares of the  Trust,  or such  series or class of the Trust,  sufficient  to
maintain or bring the direct or indirect  ownership  of Shares of the Trust,  or
such series or class of the Trust,  into  conformity with the  requirements  for
such qualification, and (ii) to refuse to transfer or issue Shares of the Trust,
or such series or class of the Trust,  to any Person  whose  acquisition  of the
Shares of the Trust, or such series or class of the Trust,  would result in such
disqualification.  The redemption  shall be effected at the redemption price and
in the manner provided in Section 7.l hereof.

         The  Shareholders  of the  Trust  shall  upon  demand  disclose  to the
Trustees  in writing  such  information  with  respect  to direct  and  indirect
ownership of Shares of the Trust as the Trustees  deem  necessary to comply with
the  provisions  of the Code,  or to comply with the  requirements  of any other
authority. Upon the failure of a Shareholder to disclose such information and to
comply  with such  demand of the  Trustees,  the Trust  shall  have the power to
redeem such Shares at a redemption  price  determined in accordance with Section
7.1 hereof.

         Section 7.4  Redemptions of Accounts of Less than Minimum  Amount.  The
Trustees shall have the power, and any Shareholder Servicing Agent with whom the
Trust has so agreed (or a subcontractor  of such  Shareholder  Servicing  Agent)
shall  have the  power,  at any time to redeem  Shares of any  Shareholder  at a
redemption  price  determined in  accordance  with Section 7.l hereof if at such
time the  aggregate net asset value of the Shares owned by such  Shareholder  is
less than a minimum  amount as  determined  from time to time and disclosed in a
prospectus  of  the  Trust  or  in  the   Shareholder   Servicing   Agent's  (or
subcontractor's)  agreement with its customer.  A Shareholder  shall be notified
that the  aggregate  value of his  Shares is less than such  minimum  amount and
allowed 60 days to make an additional investment before redemption is processed.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE,
                          NET INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         The Trustees, in their absolute discretion, may prescribe and shall set
forth in the By-Laws or in a duly  adopted  vote or votes of the  Trustees  such
bases and times for  determining  the per Share net asset value of the Shares or
net income,  or the declaration and payment of dividends and  distributions,  as
they may deem necessary or desirable.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                        DURATION; TERMINATION OF TRUST;
                            AMENDMENT; MERGERS, ETC.

         Section 9.1.  Duration.  The Trust shall continue without limitation of
time but subject to the provisions of this Article IX.


<PAGE>


                                       20



         Section 9.2.  Termination of Trust. (a) The Trust may be terminated (i)
by a Majority  Shareholder Vote of its Shareholders,  or (ii) by the Trustees by
written  notice  to the  Shareholders.  Any  series or class of the Trust may be
terminated (i) by a Majority Shareholder Vote of the Shareholders of that series
or class, or (ii) by the Trustees by written notice to the  Shareholders of that
series or class. Upon the termination of the Trust or any series or class of the
Trust:

         (i) The  Trust  or  series  or  class of the  Trust  shall  carry on no
business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs;

         (ii) The  Trustees  shall  proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust,
series or class of the  Trust and all the  powers  of the  Trustees  under  this
Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust or series of the Trust
shall  have been wound up,  including  the power to  fulfill  or  discharge  the
contracts of the Trust,  collect the assets of the Trust or series of the Trust,
sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part
of the remaining Trust Property of the Trust or series (or allocable to a class)
of the Trust to one or more Persons at public or private sale for  consideration
which may consist in whole or in part of cash,  securities or other  property of
any kind,  discharge or pay the liabilities of the Trust, series or class of the
Trust,  and to do all other acts  appropriate  to liquidate  the business of the
Trust,  series  or class of the  Trust;  provided,  that any  sale,  conveyance,
assignment,  exchange, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all
of the Trust  Property of the Trust,  series or Trust of the Trust shall require
Shareholder approval in accordance with Section 9.4 or 9.6 hereof, respectively;
and

         (iii)  After  paying or  adequately  providing  for the  payment of all
liabilities,  and upon  receipt  of such  releases,  indemnities  and  refunding
agreements  as they  deem  necessary  for their  protection,  the  Trustees  may
distribute the remaining  Trust Property of the Trust or series (or allocable to
a class) of the Trust,  in cash or in kind or partly in cash and partly in kind,
among the  Shareholders of the Trust,  series or class of the Trust according to
their respective rights.

         (b) After  termination  of the Trust,  series or class of the Trust and
distribution to the  Shareholders of the Trust,  series or class of the Trust as
herein  provided,  a majority of the Trustees  shall execute and lodge among the
records of the Trust an  instrument  in writing  setting  forth the fact of such
termination,  and the Trustees  shall  thereupon be discharged  from all further
liabilities and duties  hereunder with respect to the Trust,  series or class of
the Trust, and the rights and interests of all Shareholders of the Trust, series
or class of the Trust shall thereupon cease.

         Section 9.3. Amendment  Procedure.  (a) This Declaration may be amended
by a Majority  Shareholder  Vote of the  Shareholders  or by any  instrument  in
writing,  without a meeting,  signed by a majority of the Trustees and consented
to by the  holders of not less than a majority  of the Shares of the Trust.  The
Trustees  may  also  amend  this  Declaration  without  the vote or  consent  of
Shareholders  to designate  series in  accordance  with  Section 6.9 hereof,  to
change  the name of the  Trust,  to supply  any  omission,  to cure,  correct or
supplement any ambiguous,  defective or  inconsistent  provision  hereof,  or to
conform this


<PAGE>


                                       21

Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal laws or regulations or the
requirements  of the  regulated  investment  company  provisions of the Internal
Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  or to (i)  change  the  state  or  other
jurisdiction  designated  herein as the state or other  jurisdiction  whose laws
shall be the  governing  law  hereof,  (ii) effect  such  changes  herein as the
Trustees  find to be necessary or  appropriate  (A) to permit the filing of this
Declaration  under the laws of such state or other  jurisdiction  applicable  to
trusts or voluntary associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated
as a "regulated  investment  company"  under the  applicable  provisions  of the
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or (C) to permit the  transfer of
shares (or to permit the transfer of any other beneficial interests or shares in
the Trust,  however  denominated),  and (iii) in conjunction  with any amendment
contemplated  by the foregoing  clause (i) or the foregoing  clause (ii) to make
any and all such further  changes or  modifications  to this  Declaration as the
Trustees  find to be  necessary  or  appropriate,  any  finding of the  Trustees
referred  to in the  foregoing  clause (ii) or clause  (iii) to be  conclusively
evidenced by the execution of any such  amendment by a majority of the Trustees,
but the Trustees shall not be liable for failing so to do.

         (b) No amendment  which the Trustees have  determined  would affect the
rights,  privileges  or interests of holders of a particular  series or class of
Shares, but not the rights,  privileges or interests of holders of all series or
classes  of Shares  generally,  and which  would  otherwise  require a  Majority
Shareholder  Vote under  paragraph  (a) of this  Section 9.3, may be made except
with the vote or consent by a Majority  Shareholder Vote of Shareholders of such
series or class.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  Declaration  to the
contrary,  the  Trustees  shall have the power in their  discretion  without any
requirement of approval by shareholders to either invest all or a portion of the
Trust  Property,  or sell all or a portion of the Trust  Property and invest the
proceeds of such sales, in another  investment  company that is registered under
the 1940 Act.

         (d)  Notwithstanding  any other provision  hereof,  no amendment may be
made under this  Section 9.3 which would  change any rights with  respect to the
Shares, or any series or class of Shares, by reducing the amount payable thereon
upon liquidation of the Trust or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights
pertaining thereto,  except with the Majority  Shareholder Vote of the Shares or
that series or class of Shares.  Nothing  contained  in this  Declaration  shall
permit the amendment of this  Declaration  to impair the exemption from personal
liability of the Shareholders,  Trustees,  officers, employees and agents of the
Trust or to permit assessments upon Shareholders.

         (e) A certificate signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an
amendment  and reciting that it was duly adopted by the  Shareholders  or by the
Trustees as  aforesaid,  and  executed by a majority of the  Trustees,  shall be
conclusive  evidence  of such  amendment  when  lodged  among the records of the
Trust.

         (f)  Notwithstanding  any other provision hereof,  until such time as a
registration  statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  covering
the first  public  offering of Shares of the Trust shall have become  effective,
this


<PAGE>


                                       22

Declaration may be amended in any respect by the affirmative  vote of a majority
of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.

         Section 9.4. Merger,  Consolidation  and Sale of Assets.  The Trust may
merge or consolidate  with any other  corporation,  association,  trust or other
organization  or may sell,  lease or exchange  all or  substantially  all of the
Trust Property (or all or substantially  all of the Trust Property  allocated or
belonging  to a particular  series or  allocable  to a  particular  class of the
Trust)  including  its good will,  upon such terms and  conditions  and for such
consideration  when and as authorized at any meeting of Shareholders  called for
such purpose by the vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding  Shares
of all series of the Trust voting as a single class,  or of the affected  series
of the Trust,  as the case may be, or by an instrument or instruments in writing
without a meeting,  consented to by the vote of the holders of two-thirds of the
outstanding  Shares of all  series and  classes of the Trust  voting as a single
class,  or of the affected  series or classes of the Trust,  as the case may be;
provided, however, that if such merger,  consolidation,  sale, lease or exchange
is  recommended  by the  Trustees,  the  vote or  written  consent  by  Majority
Shareholder  Vote  shall  be  sufficient  authorization;  and any  such  merger,
consolidation,  sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all purposes to have
been  accomplished  under and  pursuant to the statutes of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as requiring approval
of Shareholders for any sale of assets in the ordinary course of the business of
the Trust.

         Section 9.5.  Incorporation,  Reorganization.  With the approval of the
holders of a majority  of the  Shares  outstanding  and  entitled  to vote,  the
Trustees  may cause to be organized or assist in  organizing  a  corporation  or
corporations  under  the laws of any  jurisdiction,  or any  other  trust,  unit
investment trust,  partnership,  association or other  organization to take over
all of the Trust  Property or to carry on any  business in which the Trust shall
directly or indirectly have any interest,  and to sell,  convey and transfer the
Trust  Property to any such  corporation,  trust,  partnership,  association  or
organization in exchange for the shares or securities thereof or otherwise,  and
to lend money to,  subscribe for the shares or securities of, and enter into any
contracts  with  any  such  corporation,  trust,  partnership,   association  or
organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire shares or any other
interest. Subject to Section 9.4 hereof, the Trustees may also cause a merger or
consolidation   between  the  Trust  or  any  successor  thereto  and  any  such
corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization if and to the
extent  permitted  by law.  Nothing  contained  in this  Section  9.5  shall  be
construed as requiring  approval of Shareholders for the Trustees to organize or
assist  in  organizing   one  or  more   corporations,   trusts,   partnerships,
associations  or other  organizations  and selling,  conveying or transferring a
portion of the Trust Property to such organization or entities.

         Section  9.6.  Incorporation  or  Reorganization  of  Series.  With the
approval of a Majority Shareholder Vote of any series or class, the Trustees may
sell, lease or exchange all of the Trust Property allocated or belonging to that
series or class,  or cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation
or corporations  under the laws of any other  jurisdiction,  or any other trust,
unit investment trust, partnership,  association or other organization,  to take
over


<PAGE>


                                       23

all of the Trust Property  allocated or belonging to that series or allocable to
that class and to sell,  convey and  transfer  such Trust  Property  to any such
corporation,  trust, unit investment trust, partnership,  association,  or other
organization in exchange for the shares or securities thereof or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE X

             REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS AND SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS

         The Trustees shall at least semi-annually  submit to the Shareholders a
written financial report of the transactions of the Trust,  including  financial
statements  which shall at least  annually be  certified by  independent  public
accountants.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.1.  Filing.  This Declaration and any amendment hereto shall
be filed in the office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and
in  such  other  place  or  places  as may be  required  under  the  laws of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  and may also be filed or recorded in such other
places as the Trustees deem appropriate.  Each amendment so filed shall state or
be accompanied by a certificate  signed and  acknowledged  by a Trustee  stating
that such action was duly taken in the manner provided  herein,  and unless such
amendment or such certificate  sets forth some later time for the  effectiveness
of such amendment, such amendment shall be effective upon its filing. A restated
Declaration,  integrating into a single  instrument all of the provisions of the
Declaration which are then in effect and operative, may be executed from time to
time by a majority of the Trustees and shall,  upon filing with the Secretary of
the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  be conclusive  evidence of all amendments
contained  therein and may  thereafter  be referred to in lieu of this  original
Declaration and the various amendments thereto.

         Section  11.2.  Governing  Law.  This  Declaration  is  executed by the
Trustees and delivered in the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and with reference
to the  laws  thereof,  and the  rights  of all  parties  and the  validity  and
construction  of every  provision  hereof  shall  be  subject  to and  construed
according to the laws of said Commonwealth.

         Section 11.3.  Counterparts.  This  Declaration  may be  simultaneously
executed  in  several  counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  to be an
original,  and such  counterparts,  together,  shall constitute one and the same
instrument,   which  shall  be  sufficiently  evidenced  by  any  such  original
counterpart.

         Section 11.4. Reliance by Third Parties. Any certificate executed by an
individual who,  according to the records of the Trust,  is a Trustee  hereunder
certifying to: (i) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders,  (ii) the
due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing,  (iii) the form
of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders,  (iv) the fact that
the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any


<PAGE>


                                       24

written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration,  (v) the form
of any  By-Laws  adopted  by or the  identity  of any  officers  elected  by the
Trustees, or (vi) the existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relates
to the affairs of the Trust,  shall be conclusive  evidence as to the matters so
certified in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.

         Section 11.5.  Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations.  (a) The
provisions  of  this  Declaration  are  severable,  and  if the  Trustees  shall
determine,  with the advice of counsel,  that any such  provision is in conflict
with the 1940 Act, the regulated  investment  company provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or with other applicable laws and regulations,
the conflicting  provision  shall be deemed never to have  constituted a part of
this Declaration; provided however, that such determination shall not affect any
of the remaining  provisions of this  Declaration  or render invalid or improper
any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.

         (b) If any  provision  of this  Declaration  shall be held  invalid  or
unenforceable in any  jurisdiction,  such invalidity or  unenforceability  shall
attach only to such provision in such  jurisdiction  and shall not in any manner
affect such provision in any other  jurisdiction  or any other  provision of the
Declaration in any jurisdiction.


<PAGE>


                                       25


         Section 11.6.  Principal Office.  The principal office of the Trust is
6 St. James Avenue, 9th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument as of
the 24th day of July, 1995.


                               /S/ANDRES E. SALDANA
                               Andres E. Saldana
                               as Trustee
                               and not individually

                               6 St. James Avenue
                               Boston, Massachusetts


                               /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
                               Thomas M. Lenz
                               as Trustee
                               and not individually

                               6 St. James Avenue
                               Boston, Massachusetts


                               /S/SUZAN M. BARRON
                               Suzan M. Barron
                               as Trustee
                               and not individually

                               6 St. James Avenue
                               Boston, Massachusetts


BT0434


<PAGE>








COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS



SUFFOLK, SS.

                                                   July 24, 1995

         Then personally  appeared the above-named Andres E. Saldana,  Thomas M.
Lenz and Suzan M. Barron, who severally acknowledged the foregoing instrument to
be their free act and deed.



                                    Before me,


                                           , Notary Public


My commission expires:


<PAGE>



BT0434                                                                Appendix I


                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS

                               Establishment and
                 Designation of Series and Classes of Shares of
                Beneficial Interest (par value $0.001 per share)
                           Dated as of July 24, 1995

         Pursuant to Section 6.9 of the Declaration of Trust, dated as of June ,
1995 (the  "Declaration of Trust"),  of BT Global  Investors (the "Trust"),  the
Trustees of the Trust hereby  establish and designate seven series of Shares (as
defined  in the  Declaration  of  Trust)  (each a "Fund"  and  collectively  the
"Funds"),  which Funds shall each initially  consist of only one class of Shares
and shall have the following special and relative rights:

         1.       The Funds shall be designated as follows:

                           Capital Appreciation  Fund
                           Small Cap Fund  
                           Latin American Equity Fund
                           Pacific Basin Equity Fund
                           International Equity Fund   
                           Global High Yield Securities Fund
                           Equity 500 Index Fund
                           Equity 500 Equal Weighted Fund
                           Bond Index Fund
                           International Equity Index Fund
                           Small Cap Index Fund

         2. Each Fund shall be  authorized to hold cash,  invest in  securities,
instruments and other  properties and use investment  techniques as from time to
time described in the Trust's then currently  effective  registration  statement
under the  Securities  Act of 1933 to the extent  pertaining  to the offering of
Shares of such Fund. Each Share of a Fund shall be redeemable, shall be entitled
to one vote (or fraction thereof in respect of a fractional share) on matters on
which Shares of the Fund shall be entitled to vote,  shall  represent a pro rata
beneficial  interest in the assets allocated or belonging to the Fund, and shall
be  entitled  to  receive  its pro rata share of the net assets of the Fund upon
liquidation  of the Fund,  all as provided in Section 6.9 of the  Declaration of
Trust.  The proceeds of sales of Shares of a Fund,  together with any income and
gain thereon, less any diminution or expenses thereof,  shall irrevocably belong
to that Fund, unless otherwise required by law.

         3.  Shareholders  of each Fund shall vote  separately as a class on any
matter to the extent  required  by, and any matter  shall be deemed to have been
effectively  acted upon with respect to the Fund as provided in, Rule 18f-2,  as
from  time to time in  effect,  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as
amended, or any successor rule, and by the Declaration of Trust.

         4. The assets and liabilities of the Trust shall be allocated among the
Funds as set forth in Section 6.9 of the Declaration of Trust.



<PAGE>



         5.  Subject  to the  provisions  of Section  6.9 and  Article IX of the
Declaration of Trust, the Trustees (including any successor Trustees) shall have
the right at any time and from time to time to  reallocate  assets and expenses,
to change the designation of any Fund now or hereafter created,  or otherwise to
change the special and relative rights of any Fund.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have signed this instrument as of
July 24, 1995.



                           /S/ANDRES E. SALDANA
                           Andres E. Saldana
                           As Trustee and not Individually



                           /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
                           Thomas M. Lenz
                           As Trustee and not Individually



                           /S/SUZAN M. BARRON
                           Suzan M. Barron
                           As Trustee and not Individually

BT0434


<PAGE>



                              BT Global Investors
                         6 St. James Avenue, 9th Floor
                          Boston, Massachusetts 02116
                                 (617) 423-0800





   Initial Trustee                             Residence

Andres E. Saldana, Esq.                      58 Newell Road
                                             Newton, MA 02166
                                             (617) 969-6206



Thomas M. Lenz, Esq.                         8 Mt. Ida St., Apt. 5
                                             Newton, MA 02158
                                             (617) 244-9013


Suzan M. Barron                              1792 Columbia Road #3
                                             S. Boston, MA 02127
                                             (617) 268-1179

Principal Contact:                          Thomas M. Lenz, Esq.
                                            BT Global Investors
                                            c/o Signature Financial Group, Inc.
                                            6 St. James Avenue
                                            Boston, MA  02116

                                            (617) 423-0800


<PAGE>




BT0434


                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

         The  terms  "Commission",  "Declaration",   "Distributor",  "Investment
Adviser",  "Majority  Shareholder  Vote", "1940 Act",  "Shareholder",  "Shares",
"Transfer Agent",  "Trust",  "Trust Property" and "Trustees" have the respective
meanings given them in the Declaration of Trust of BT Global  Investors dated as
of July 24, 1995.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    OFFICES

         Section  1.  Principal  Office.  Until  changed  by the  Trustees,  the
principal office of the Trust in the  Commonwealth of Massachusetts  shall be in
the City of Boston, County of Suffolk.

         Section  2.  Other  Offices.  The Trust may have  offices in such other
places without as well as within the  Commonwealth as the Trustees may from time
to time determine.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                  SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 1.  Meetings.  A meeting of  Shareholders  may be called at any
time by a  majority  of the  Trustees  and shall be called by any  Trustee  upon
written  request,  which shall  specify  the purpose or purposes  for which such
meeting is to be called, of Shareholders  holding in the aggregate not less than
10% of the outstanding  Shares entitled to vote on the matters specified in such
written  request.  Any  such  meeting  shall  be  held  within  or  without  the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall
designate.  The holders of a majority  of  outstanding  Shares  entitled to vote
present in person or by proxy  shall  constitute  a quorum at any meeting of the
Shareholders.  In the  absence of a quorum,  a majority  of  outstanding  Shares
entitled to vote present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time
to time until a quorum shall be present.

         Whenever a matter is required to be voted by  Shareholders of the Trust
in the  aggregate  under  Section 6.8 and Section 6.9 and Section  6.9(g) of the
Declaration, the Trust may either hold a meeting of Shareholders of all series


<PAGE>


                                       2

and  classes,  as  established  and  designated  pursuant  to Section 6.9 of the
Declaration,  to vote on such matter,  or hold separate meetings of shareholders
of each of the individual series and/or classes to vote on such matter, provided
that (i) such  separate  meetings  shall be held  within one year of each other,
(ii) a quorum consisting of the holders of the majority of outstanding Shares of
the individual  series and/or  classes  entitled to vote present in person or by
proxy  shall  be  present  at each  such  separate  meeting  and  (iii) a quorum
consisting  of the holders of a majority of all Shares of the Trust  entitled to
vote  present in person or by proxy  shall be present in the  aggregate  at such
separate  meetings,  and the votes of Shareholders at all such separate meetings
shall be aggregated in order to determine if sufficient votes have been cast for
such matter to be voted.

         Section 2. Notice of Meetings  Notice of all meetings of  Shareholders,
stating  the time,  place and  purposes  of the  meeting,  shall be given by the
Trustees by mail to each  Shareholder  entitled  to vote at such  meeting at his
address as  recorded on the  register of the Trust,  mailed at least 10 days and
not more than 60 days before the meeting. Only the business stated in the notice
of the meeting shall be considered at such meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be
held as  adjourned  without  further  notice.  No  notice  need be  given to any
Shareholder  who shall have failed to inform the Trust of his current address or
if a written  waiver of  notice,  executed  before or after the  meeting  by the
Shareholder or his attorney thereunto  authorized,  is filed with the records of
the meeting.

         Where  separate  meetings  are  held  for  Shareholders  of each of the
individual  series and/or classes to vote on a matter required to be voted on by
Shareholders of the Trust in the aggregate,  as provided in Article III, Section
1 above,  notice of each such  separate  meeting shall be provided in the manner
described above in this Section 2.

         Section 3. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the Shareholders
who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting,  or to  participate in
any distribution,  or for the purpose of any other action, the Trustees may from
time to time close the transfer books for such period, not exceeding 30 days, as
the Trustees may determine;  or without  closing the transfer books the Trustees
may fix a date  not  more  than 60 days  prior  to the  date of any  meeting  of
Shareholders  or  distribution  or  other  action  as  a  record  date  for  the
determination  of the persons to be treated as  Shareholders  of record for such
purpose.

         Where  separate  meetings  are  held  for  Shareholders  of each of the
individual series to vote on a matter required to be voted on by Shareholders of
the Trust in the  aggregate,  as provided in Article III,  Section 1 above,  the
record date of each such  separate  meeting  shall be  determined  in the manner
described above in this Section 3.

         Section  4.  Proxies.  At any  meeting of  Shareholders,  any holder of
Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy,  provided that no proxy shall
be voted at any  meeting  unless  it shall  have  been  placed  on file with the
Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may
direct,  for  verification  prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken.
Pursuant to


<PAGE>


                                       3

a vote of a majority of the  Trustees,  proxies may be  solicited in the name of
the Trust or one or more Trustees or officers of the Trust. Only Shareholders of
record shall be entitled to vote.  Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote
and  fractional  Shares shall be entitled to a vote of such  fraction.  When any
Share  is held  jointly  by  several  persons,  any one of them  may vote at any
meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share,  but if more than one of
them  shall be present  at such  meeting  in person or by proxy,  and such joint
owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote
shall not be  received  in  respect  of such  Share.  A proxy  purporting  to be
executed  by  or on  behalf  of a  Shareholder  shall  be  deemed  valid  unless
challenged  at or prior to its  exercise,  and the burden of proving  invalidity
shall  rest on the  challenger.  If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a
person of unsound mind, and subject to  guardianship  or to the legal control of
any other person as regards the charge or management  of such Share,  such Share
may be voted by such  guardian  or such other  person  appointed  or having such
control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.

         Section 5.  Inspection  of  Records.  The records of the Trust shall be
open  to  inspection  by  Shareholders  to  the  same  extent  as  is  permitted
shareholders of a Massachusetts business corporation.

         Section 6. Action  without  Meeting.  Any action  which may be taken by
Shareholders  may be taken  without  a meeting  if a  majority  of  Shareholders
entitled  to vote on the matter (or such larger  proportion  thereof as shall be
required by law, the  Declaration  or these By-Laws for approval of such matter)
consent to the action in writing  and the  written  consents  are filed with the
records of the meetings of  Shareholders.  Such consent shall be treated for all
purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    TRUSTEES

         Section  1.  Meetings  of the  Trustees.  The  Trustees  may  in  their
discretion  provide for regular or stated  meetings of the  Trustees.  Notice of
regular or stated  meetings  need not be given.  Meetings of the Trustees  other
than regular or stated meetings shall be held whenever called by the Chairman or
by any Trustee.  Notice of the time and place of each meeting other than regular
or stated meetings shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary or
by the  officer  or  Trustee  calling  the  meeting  and shall be mailed to each
Trustee at least two days before the meeting,  or shall be telegraphed,  cabled,
or wirelessed to each Trustee at his business address,  or personally  delivered
to him at least one day  before  the  meeting.  Notice of a meeting  need not be
given to any  Trustee if a written  waiver of notice,  executed by him before or
after the meeting,  is filed with the records of the meeting,  or to any Trustee
who attends the meeting without  protesting prior thereto or at its commencement
the lack of notice to him.  A notice or waiver of notice  need not  specify  the
purpose of any meeting. The Trustees may meet by means of a telephone conference
circuit  or  similar  communications  equipment  by means of which  all  persons
participating  in the meeting can hear each other,  which  telephone  conference
meeting shall be deemed to have been held at a place  designated by the Trustees
at the meeting. Participation in a telephone conference meeting shall constitute
presence in


<PAGE>


                                       4

person at such  meeting.  Any action  required or  permitted  to be taken at any
meeting of the Trustees  may be taken by the  Trustees  without a meeting if all
the Trustees consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed
with the records of the Trustees' meetings.  Such consents shall be treated as a
vote for all purposes.

         Section 2.  Quorum and Manner of  Acting.  A majority  of the  Trustees
present  in person at any  regular  or special  meeting  of the  Trustees  shall
constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at such meeting and (except
as otherwise  required by law, the  Declaration  or these  By-Laws) the act of a
majority  of the  Trustees  present  at any such  meeting,  at which a quorum is
present,  shall  be the act of the  Trustees.  In the  absence  of a  quorum,  a
majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until
a quorum shall be present. Notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given.


                                   ARTICLE V

                         COMMITTEES AND ADVISORY BOARD

         Section 1.  Executive and Other  Committees.  The Trustees by vote of a
majority  of all the  Trustees  may elect  from  their own  number an  Executive
Committee  to  consist  of not less than three  Trustees  to hold  office at the
pleasure of the Trustees.  While the Trustees are not in session,  the Executive
Committee  shall have the power to conduct the current and ordinary  business of
the Trust,  including the purchase and sale of securities and the designation of
securities  to be delivered  upon  redemption  of Shares of the Trust,  and such
other powers of the Trustees as the Trustees may, from time to time, delegate to
the Executive  Committee  except those powers which by law, the  Declaration  or
these By-Laws the Trustees are prohibited  from so delegating.  The Trustees may
also elect from their own number other  Committees from time to time, the number
composing such  Committees,  the powers  conferred upon the same (subject to the
same  limitations  as with respect to the Executive  Committee)  and the term of
membership on such Committees to be determined by the Trustees. The Trustees may
designate a chairman of any such Committee. In the absence of such designation a
Committee may elect its own chairman.

         Section 2. Meeting,  Quorum and Manner of Acting.  The Trustees may (i)
provide for stated meetings of any Committee, (ii) specify the manner of calling
and notice  required for special  meetings of any  Committee,  (iii) specify the
number of members of a Committee  required to constitute a quorum and the number
of members of a Committee  required to exercise  specified  powers  delegated to
such  Committee,  (iv)  authorize the making of decisions to exercise  specified
powers by written  assent of the  requisite  number of  members  of a  Committee
without a meeting, and (v) authorize the members of a Committee to meet by means
of a telephone conference circuit.

         Each Committee  shall keep regular  minutes of its meetings and records
of  decisions  taken  without a meeting  and cause them to be recorded in a book
designated for that purpose and kept in the office of the Trust.



<PAGE>


                                       5

         Section 3. Advisory  Board.  The Trustees may appoint an Advisory Board
to consist in the first instance of not less than three members. Members of such
Advisory Board shall not be Trustees or officers and need not be Shareholders. A
member of such Advisory  Board shall hold office for such period as the Trustees
may by vote provide and may resign therefrom by a written  instrument  signed by
him which shall take effect upon its  delivery  to the  Trustees.  The  Advisory
Board shall have no legal powers and shall not perform the functions of Trustees
in any manner,  such Advisory Board being intended  merely to act in an advisory
capacity.  Such Advisory  Board shall meet at such times and upon such notice as
the Trustees may by vote provide.

         Section 4.  Chairman.  The Trustees  may, by a majority vote of all the
Trustees,  elect from  their own number a  Chairman,  to hold  office  until his
successor  shall have been duly elected and  qualified.  The Chairman  shall not
hold any other office. The Chairman may be, but need not be, a Shareholder.  The
Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and shall have such other
duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    OFFICERS

         Section 1.  General  Provisions.  The  officers of the Trust shall be a
President,  a Treasurer  and a  Secretary,  each of whom shall be elected by the
Trustees. The Trustees may elect or appoint such other officers or agents as the
business of the Trust may require, including one or more Vice Presidents, one or
more Assistant Treasurers,  and one or more Assistant Secretaries.  The Trustees
may  delegate to any officer or committee  the power to appoint any  subordinate
officers or agents.

         Section  2.  Term of Office  and  Qualifications.  Except as  otherwise
provided by law, the Declaration or these By-Laws, the President,  the Treasurer
and the Secretary  shall hold office until his respective  successor  shall have
been duly elected and qualified, and all other officers shall hold office at the
pleasure of the Trustees.  The Secretary and Treasurer may be the same person. A
Vice  President and the  Treasurer or a Vice  President and the Secretary may be
the same person,  but the offices of Vice  President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer
shall not be held by the same  person.  The  President  shall not hold any other
office.  Except  as  above  provided,  any two  offices  may be held by the same
person. Any officer may be, but does not need be, a Trustee or Shareholder.

         Section 3. Removal. The Trustees,  at any regular or special meeting of
the  Trustees,  may remove  any  officer  with or  without  cause by a vote of a
majority  of the  Trustees.  Any  officer or agent  appointed  by any officer or
committee  may be removed with or without  cause by such  appointing  officer or
committee.

         Section 4. Powers and Duties of the President.  The  President,  unless
the Chairman,  if any, is so appointed by the  Trustees,  shall be the principal
executive  officer of the Trust.  Subject to the control of the Trustees and any
committee of the Trustees, the President shall at all times exercise a general


<PAGE>


                                       6

supervision  and direction  over the affairs of the Trust.  The President  shall
have the power to employ  attorneys and counsel for the Trust and to employ such
subordinate  officers,  agents, clerks and employees as he may find necessary to
transact the business of the Trust.  The President  shall also have the power to
grant,  issue,  execute  or sign  such  powers  of  attorney,  proxies  or other
documents as may be deemed  advisable or  necessary  in the  furtherance  of the
interests of the Trust.  The  President  shall have such other powers and duties
as, from time to time, may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Trustees.

         Section  5.  Powers and Duties of Vice  Presidents.  In the  absence or
disability of the  President,  the Vice President or, if there are more than one
Vice President,  any Vice President designated by the Trustees shall perform all
the duties and may exercise any of the powers of the  President,  subject to the
control of the Trustees.  Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as
may be assigned to him from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

         Section 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer.  The Treasurer  shall be
the principal financial and accounting officer of the Trust. The Treasurer shall
deliver all funds of the Trust  which may come into his hands to such  custodian
as the Trustees may employ  pursuant to Article X hereof.  The  Treasurer  shall
render a statement  of condition of the finances of the Trust to the Trustees as
often as they shall require the same and shall in general perform all the duties
incident to the office of  Treasurer  and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the Trustees.  The Treasurer shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of his duties, if required to do so by the Trustees,  in such
sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall require.

         Section 7. Powers and Duties of the Secretary. The Secretary shall keep
the minutes of all meetings of the  Shareholders  in proper  books  provided for
that purpose; shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Trustees; shall have
custody of the seal of the Trust;  and shall have  charge of the Share  transfer
books,  lists and  records  unless  the same are in the  charge of the  Transfer
Agent.  The  Secretary  shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices by
the Trust in accordance  with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by
law;  and  subject to these  By-Laws,  shall in general  perform  all the duties
incident to the office of  Secretary  and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the Trustees.

         Section 8. Powers and Duties of Assistant Treasurers. In the absence or
disability of the Treasurer,  any Assistant Treasurer designated by the Trustees
shall  perform  all the  duties,  and may  exercise  any of the  powers,  of the
Treasurer. Each Assistant Treasurer shall perform such other duties as from time
to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.  Each Assistant  Treasurer shall
give a bond for the faithful  discharge  of his duties,  if required to do so by
the Trustees, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Trustees shall
require.

         Section 9. Powers and Duties of Assistant  Secretaries.  In the absence
or  disability  of the  Secretary,  any  Assistant  Secretary  designated by the
Trustees shall perform all of the duties, and may exercise any of the powers, of
the Secretary.  Each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from
time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees.


<PAGE>


                                       7


         Section 10.  Compensation  of Officers  and Trustees and Members of the
Advisory Board.  Subject to any applicable law or provision of the  Declaration,
the  compensation of the officers and Trustees and members of the Advisory Board
shall be fixed from time to time by the Trustees or, in the case of officers, by
any committee of officers upon whom such power may be conferred by the Trustees.
No officer shall be prevented from receiving such  compensation  as such officer
by reason of the fact that he is also a Trustee.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  FISCAL YEAR

         The fiscal year of each series of the Trust shall be  determined by the
Trustees, and the Trustees may from time to time change any fiscal year.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                      SEAL

         The  Trustees  may adopt a seal  which  shall be in such form and shall
have such inscription thereon as the Trustees may from time to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               WAIVERS OF NOTICE

         Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the  Declaration or
these  By-Laws,  a waiver  thereof in  writing,  signed by the person or persons
entitled to such notice,  whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto. A notice shall be deemed to have been telegraphed,
cabled  or  wirelessed  for the  purposes  of  these  By-Laws  when it has  been
delivered to a representative  of any telegraph,  cable or wireless company with
instruction  that it be telegraphed,  cabled or wirelessed.  Any notice shall be
deemed  to be given at the time  when  the same  shall be  mailed,  telegraphed,
cabled or wirelessed.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                   CUSTODIAN

         Section 1.  Appointment  and Duties.  The  Trustees  shall at all times
employ a bank or trust company having a capital,  surplus and undivided  profits
of at least  $5,000,000 as custodian with authority as its agent, but subject to
such  restrictions,  limitations  and  other  requirements,  if  any,  as may be
contained in the Declaration, these By-Laws and the 1940 Act:

         (i) to hold the securities owned by the Trust and deliver the same upon
         written order;
         (ii) to receive and receipt for any monies due to the Trust and deposit
         the same in its own banking department


<PAGE>


                                       8

         or elsewhere  as the  Trustees  may direct;  
         (iii) to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;
         (iv) if authorized  by the Trustees,  to keep the books and accounts of
         the Trust and furnish clerical and accounting services; and
         (v) if  authorized  by the  Trustees,  to compute the net income of the
         Trust and the net asset value of Shares;

all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees
and the custodian.

         The Trustees  may also  authorize  the  custodian to employ one or more
sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the
custodian  and upon such terms and  conditions as may be agreed upon between the
custodian and such  sub-custodian  and approved by the Trustees.  Subject to the
approval  of the  Trustees,  the  custodian  may enter  into  arrangements  with
securities  depositories.  All  such  custodial,  sub-custodial  and  depository
arrangements  shall be subject to, and comply with,  the  provisions of the 1940
Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         Section  2.  Central  Certificate   System.   Subject  to  such  rules,
regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt,  the Trustees may direct the
custodian to deposit all or any part of the  securities  owned by the Trust in a
system  for  the  central  handling  of  securities  established  by a  national
securities  exchange or a national  securities  association  registered with the
Commission under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, or with such other person
as may be permitted by the Commission,  or otherwise in accordance with the 1940
Act,  pursuant to which system all securities of any particular  class or series
of any issuer  deposited  within the system are treated as  fungible  and may be
transferred or pledged by bookkeeping  entry without  physical  delivery of such
securities,  provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only
upon the order of the Trust or its custodian.

         Section 3. Acceptance of Receipts in Lieu of  Certificates.  Subject to
such rules, regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may
direct the  custodian  to accept  written  receipts or other  written  evidences
indicating  purchases  of  securities  held in  book-entry  form in the  Federal
Reserve  System  in  accordance  with  regulations  promulgated  by the Board of
Governors of the Federal  Reserve System and the local Federal  Reserve Banks in
lieu of receipt of certificates representing such securities.

         Section 4. Provisions of Custodian Contract.  The following  provisions
shall apply to the  employment of a custodian  pursuant to this Article X and to
any contract entered into with the custodian so employed:

(a)      The  Trustees  shall  cause  to  be  delivered  to  the  custodian  all
         securities owned by the Trust or to which it may become  entitled,  and
         shall  order  the  same to be  delivered  by the  custodian  only  upon
         completion of a sale, exchange,  transfer, pledge, or other disposition
         thereof,  and  upon  receipt  by the  custodian  of  the  consideration
         therefor  or a  certificate  of deposit or a receipt of an issuer or of
         its Transfer Agent, all as the Trustees


<PAGE>


                                       9
         may  generally  or from  time  to  time  require  or  approve,  or to a
         successor  custodian;  and the Trustees  shall cause all funds owned by
         the  Trust  or to  which  it may  become  entitled  to be  paid  to the
         custodian,  and shall  order  the same  disbursed  only for  investment
         against delivery of the securities acquired, or in payment of expenses,
         including  management  compensation,  and  liabilities  of  the  Trust,
         including  distributions to Shareholders,  or to a successor custodian;
         provided,  however,  that  nothing  herein  shall  prevent  delivery of
         securities for examination to the broker  purchasing the same in accord
         with the "street delivery" custom whereby such securities are delivered
         to such broker in exchange for a delivery receipt exchanged on the same
         day for an uncertified check of such broker to be presented on the same
         day for certification.

(b)      In case of the  resignation,  removal or inability to serve of any such
         custodian,  the Trust  shall  promptly  appoint  another  bank or trust
         company  meeting  the  requirements  of  this  Article  X as  successor
         custodian.  The  agreement  with the  custodian  shall provide that the
         retiring  custodian shall,  upon receipt of notice of such appointment,
         deliver  all  Trust  Property  in its  possession  to and  only to such
         successor,  and that pending appointment of a successor custodian, or a
         vote of the Shareholders to function without a custodian, the custodian
         shall not deliver any Trust Property to the Trust,  but may deliver all
         or any part of the  Trust  Property  to a bank or trust  company  doing
         business  in Boston,  Massachusetts,  of its own  selection,  having an
         aggregate capital,  surplus and undivided profits (as shown in its last
         published  report) of at least  $5,000,000;  provided that arrangements
         are made for the Trust Property to be held under terms similar to those
         on which they were held by the retiring custodian.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   AMENDMENTS

         These By-Laws, or any of them, may be altered,  amended or repealed, or
new  By-Laws may be adopted (a) by the  Shareholders  by a Majority  Shareholder
Vote, or (b) by the Trustees,  provided, however, that no By-Law may be amended,
adopted or  repealed  by the  Trustees  if such  amendment,  adoption  or repeal
requires,  pursuant to law,  the  Declaration  or these  By-Laws,  a vote of the
Shareholders.


<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission